MXPA06009899A

MXPA06009899A - Nitrogenous fused-ring derivatives, medicinal compositions containing the derivatives, and use thereof as drugs

Info

Publication number: MXPA06009899A
Application number: MXPA/A/2006/009899A
Authority: MX
Inventors: Fushimi Nobuhiko; Isaji Masayuki; Teranishi Hirotaka; Shimizu Kazuo; Yonekubo Shigeru; Ito Fumiaki
Original assignee: Kissei Pharmaceutical Co Ltd
Priority date: 2004-03-04
Filing date: 2006-08-31
Publication date: 2007-04-20

Abstract

Nitrogenous fused-ring derivatives represented by the general formula (I) which exert human SGLT inhibiting activity and are useful as preventive or therapeutic agents for diseases caused by hyperglycemia, for example, diabetes, postprandial hyperglycemia, impaired glucose tolerance, complications of diabetes, and obesity;pharmacologically acceptable salts of the derivatives;prodrugs of both;medicinal compositions containing them;and use thereof as drugs:(I) wherein R1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, or the like;R2 is H, halogeno, or alkyl;R3 and R4 are each H, OH, halogeno, optionally substituted alkyl, or the like;Y is CH or N;Q is alkylene, alkenylene, or the like;A is aryl or heteroaryl;and G is a group represented by the general formula (G-1) or (G-2):(G-1) (G-2) (wherein E1 is H, F, or OH;and E2 is H, F, methyl, or the like).

Description

NITROGEN DERIVATIVES WITH FUSED RING. MEDICINAL COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM AND THEIR USE AS DRUGS TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to nitrogen-containing derivatives with fused ring, to salts thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use or to prodrugs thereof, which are useful as medicaments; to pharmaceutical compositions containing them and to pharmaceutical uses thereof. More particularly, the present invention relates to nitrogen-containing derivatives with fused ring having an inhibitory activity in human SGLT, to salts thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use or to prodrugs thereof, which are useful as agents for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia, such as diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, diabetic complications or obesity, to pharmaceutical compositions containing them and to pharmaceutical uses thereof.

TECHNICAL BACKGROUND Diabetes is one of the diseases related to lifestyle, with a history of changing eating habits and lack of exercise. Therefore, diet and exercise therapies are performed in patients with diabetes. Additionally, when sufficient control and continuous performance are difficult, a drug treatment is performed simultaneously. In addition, it has been confirmed by large-scale clinical trials that it is necessary to strictly control the level of blood sugar, in order to prevent the onset and progression of diabetic complications with treatment (for example, see references 1). and 2 following). Additionally, many epidemiological studies of the deterioration of glucose tolerance and macroangiopathy show that the deterioration of glucose tolerance as a limit type is also a risk factor in macroangiopathy, as in diabetes. Thus, efforts have focused on the need to improve postprandial hyperglycemia (for example, see Reference 3 below). In recent years, the development of various antidiabetic agents has been progressing against the background of a rapid increase in patients with diabetes. For example, antidiabetic agents such as biguanides, sulfonylureas, insulin sensitivity enhancers, α-glucosidase inhibitors and the like have been used. However, biguanides and sulfonylureas occasionally show adverse effects, such as lactic acidosis and hypoglycemia, respectively. Insulin sensitivity improvers occasionally show adverse effects such as edema, and are affected by the progression of obesity.

Additionally, α-glucosidase inhibitors, which delay the digestion of carbohydrates and their absorption in the small intestine, are used to improve postprandial hyperglycemia. It has also been reported that acarbose, one of the a-glucosidase inhibitors, has an effect of preventing or delaying the incidence of diabetes, by applying it to patients with impaired glucose tolerance (for example, see Reference 4 below). ). However, since the following inhibitors do not affect the high glucose levels by ingesting a glucose monosaccharide (for example, see Reference 5 below), with freshly changing sugar compositions in foods, it has been desired to have a further range. wide range of activities that inhibit the absorption of carbohydrates. In recent years, the research and development of new types of antidiabetic agents has been progressing, these promote the excretion of glucose in the urine and the decrease in the level of glucose in the blood, preventing the reabsorption of excess glucose in the kidney ( example, see Reference 6 below). In addition, it is reported that SGLT2 (sodium-dependent glucose transporter 2) is present in the S1 segment of the proximal tubule of the kidney and participates mainly in the reabsorption of glomerular-filtered glucose (e.g., see Reference 7 below). Accordingly, the inhibition of human SGLT2 activity prevents the reabsorption of excess glucose in the kidney, subsequently promotes the excretion of excess glucose through the urine, and normalizes the level of glucose in the blood. Furthermore, since these agents to promote the excretion of glucose in the urine excrete excess glucose through the urine, and consequently the accumulation of glucose in the body decreases, it is also expected to have a preventive or relief effect on Obesity and a diuretic effect. Additionally, agents are considered useful for various related diseases, which appear to accompany the progress of diabetes or obesity due to hyperglycemia. In addition, it has been known that SGLT1, sodium-dependent glucose transporter 1, exists in the small intestine, which controls the absorption of carbohydrates. It has also been reported that in patients with dysfunction due to congenital abnormalities of human SGLT1 there appears insufficiency of glucose and galactose absorption (for example, see References 8-10 below). Furthermore, it has been confirmed that SGLT1 is involved in the absorption of glucose and galactose (for example, see the following references 11 and 12). Additionally, it is confirmed that the mRNA and protein of SGLT1 are increased, and the absorption of glucose is accelerated in OLETF rats with diabetic symptoms induced by streptozotocin (for example, see References 13 and 14 below). Generally in patients with diabetes, digestion and absorption of carbohydrates increase. For example, it is confirmed that in mRNA and SGLT1 protein are highly increased in the human small intestine (for example, see Reference 15 below). Therefore, blocking the activity of human SGLT1 inhibits the absorption of carbohydrates such as glucose in the small intestine, subsequently preventing the increase of the blood sugar level. Especially, it is considered that delaying the absorption of glucose in the blood based on the aforementioned mechanism is effective to normalize postprandial hyperglycemia. Therefore, the rapid development of antidiabetic agents with novel mechanism of action, which have an inhibitory activity in the human SGLT, has been desired to improve or solve the problems mentioned above. The fused heterocyclic derivatives provided in the present invention are completely novel compounds. It has never been reported that these derivatives have inhibitory activities on AGLT1 and / or SGLT2 and inhibit the absorption of glucose and galactose in the small intestine, or are useful as agents to inhibit the reabsorption of excess glucose in the kidney. Reference 1: The Diabetes Control and Complications Trial Research Group, N. Engl. J. Med., 1993.9, Vol.329, No.14, pp.977-986; Reference 2: UK Prospective Diabetes Study Group, Lancet, 1998.9, Vol.352, No.9131, pp.837-853; Reference 3: Makoto TOMINAGA, Endocrinology & Diabetology, 2001.11, Vol.13, No.5, pp.534-542; Reference 4: Jean-Louis Chiasson and 5 people, Lancet, 2002.6, Vol.359, No.9323, pp.2072-2077; Reference 5: Hiroyuki ODAKA and 3 persons, Journal of Japanese Society of Nutrition and Food Science, 1992, Vol.45, p.27; Reference 6: Luciano Rossetti and 4 people, J. Clin.

Invest., 1987.5, Vol.79, pp.1510-1515; Reference 7: Yoshikatsu Kanai and 4 persons, J. Clin. Invest., 1994.1, Vol.93, pp.397-404; Reference 8: Tadao BABA and 1 person, Supplementary volume of Nippon Rinsho, Ryoikibetsu Shokogun, 1998, No.19, pp.552-554; Reference 9: Michihiro KASAHARA and 2 people, Saishin Igaku, 1996.1, Vol.51, No.1, pp.84-90; Reference 10: Tomofusa TSUCHIYA and 1 person, Nippon Rinsho, 1997.8, Vol.55, No.8, pp.2131-2139; Reference 11: Yoshikatsu KANAI, Kidney and Dialysis, 1998.12, Vol.45, extraordinary edition, pp.232-237; Reference 12: E. Turk and 4 people, Nature, 1991.3, Vol.350, pp.354-356; Reference 13: Y. Fujita and 5 people, Diabetologia, 1998, Vol.41, pp.1459-1466; Reference 14: J. Dyer and 5 people, Biochemical Society Transactions, 1997, Vol.25, p.479S; Reference 15: J. Dyer and 4 people, American Journal of Physiology, 2002.2, Vol.282, No.2, pp.G241-G248 DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The present inventors have conducted serious studies to find compounds that have an inhibitory activity in human SGLT. As a result, it was found that certain nitrogen-containing derivatives with fused ring represented by the following general formula (I) show an inhibitory activity in SGLT1 and / or in human SGLT2 and are excellent agents having inhibitory activity in increasing the level of blood glucose or decreasing the blood glucose level as shown below, thus forming the basis of the present invention. The present invention is to provide novel compounds showing an inhibitory activity in human SGLT, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and their uses. That is, the present invention relates to 1. A nitrogen derivative with fused ring represented by the following general formula (I): wherein R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a group dihydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 atoms) carbon), a carboxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, -JN (R5) -Z1, -J-CON (R5) -Z1, or any of substituents selected from the following substituent group a on the ring; (a) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, (b) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (c) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms carbon or (d) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R3 and R4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, carbon, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenylthio group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group ( alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a halo (C 1 -C 6 alkoxy) group, a halo (C 1 -C 6 alkylthio) group, a hydroxy group (C 1-6 alkyl) ), a hydroxy group (alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group, a carboxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group (alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy (alkyl) group to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group from 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfinyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, -UVWN (R6) -Z2, or of the following substituents selected from the following substituent group a on the ring; (i) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, (ii) aryl of 6 to 10 carbon atoms -O-, (iii) aryl of 6 to 10 carbon atoms-S-, (iv) an aryl group from 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (v) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (vi) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (vii) a heteroaryl group, (viii) heteroaryl-O-, (ix) heteroaryl-S, (x) a heteroaryl group (alkyl of 1 to 6) carbon atoms), (xi) a heteroaryl group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xii) a heteroaryl group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xiii) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 atoms carbon, (xiv) cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms-O-, (xv) cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms-S-, (xvi) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1) to 6 carbon atoms), (xvii) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xv iii) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xix) a heterocycloalkyl group, (xx) heterocycloalkyl-O-, (xxi) heterocycloalkyl-S-, (xxii) a Heterocycloalkyl (akyl 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xxiii) a heterocycloalkyl group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xxiv) a heterocycloalkyl (alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xxv) an aromatic cyclic amino group , (xxvi) an amino (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) aromatic cyclic group or (xxvii) an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 aromatic cyclic carbon atoms or (xxviii) an amino group (alkylthio of 1 to 6) carbon atoms) aromatic cyclic, J represents an alkylene group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have a hydroxy group, or an alkenylene group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms; U represents -O-, -S- or a single bond and with the proviso that at least one of V and W is not a single bond when U is -O- or -S-; V represents an alkylene group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which may have a hydroxy group, an alkenylene group or a single bond; W represents -CO-, -SO2-, -C (= NH) - or a single bond; Z1 and Z2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms), a formyl group, -RA, - COR8, -SO2RB, -CON (Rc) RD, -CSN (RC) RD, -SO2NHRA or -C (= NRE) N (RF) RG; R5, R6, RA, Rc and RD independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following substituent group β or any of the following substituents (xxix) to (xxxii) which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group a; (xxix) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, (xxx) a heteroaryl group, (xxxi) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms or (xxxii) a heterocycloalkyl group or both of Z1 and R5 or both of Z2 and R6 are joined together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group a; or Rc and RD are joined together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group a; RB represents an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an arylsulfonylamino group of 6 to 0 carbon atoms, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which may have any from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following substituent group β; or any of the following substituents (xxxiii) through (xxxvi), which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group a; (xxxiii) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, (xxxiv) a heteroaryl group, (xxxv) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms or (xxxvi) a heterocycloalkyl group, RE, RF and RG independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, an acyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7) carbon atoms), a nitro group, an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamimidoyl group or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of following substituent group ß; or RE and RF join together to form an ethylene group; or RF and RG are joined together with a neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have a substituent selected from the following substituent group β; Y represents CH or N; Q represents -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-, -alkenylene of 2 to 6 carbon atoms-, -alkynylene of 2 to 6 carbon atoms-, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms -O-, -alkylene from 1 to 6 carbon atoms-S-, -O-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-, -S-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms -O-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-S-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-, -CON (R7) - or -CON (R7) -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms carbon-; R7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms; Ring A represents an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a heteroaryl group; G represents a group represented by the formula: or by the formula: E1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a hydroxy group; E2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a hydroxymethyl group; GGRUPQ SUBSTITUTE to a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an halo group (C 1-6 alkoxy), a hydroxy group (C 1-6 alkyl), an alkoxycarbonyl group (C 1-6 alkyl), a hydroxy group (C 1-6 alkoxy) carbon), an amino group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) amino, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] amino group, an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, a sulfamoyl group and -CON (RH) R ' GGRUPQ SUBSTITUTE BI a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an halo group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6) carbon atoms), an amino group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) amino group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl 1 to 6 carbon atoms)], a ureido group, a sulphonamide group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) ureido group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] ureido, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) sulfamide group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] - suifamide group, an acylamino group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an amino group (acylamino 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a carbamoyl group (alkylsulfonylamino of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group, a group alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, -CON (RH) R ', and any of the following substituents (xxxvii) to (xxxviii), which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the substituent group a above on the ring; (xxxvii) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, (xxxviii) aryl of 6 to 10 carbon atoms-O-, (xxxix) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) carbon), (xxxx) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xxxxi) a heteroaryl group, (xxxxii) heteroaryl-O-, (xxxxiii) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, (xxxxiv) cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms-O-, (xxxxv) a heterocycloalkyl group, (xxxxvi) heterocycloalkyl-O-, (xxxxvii) an aliphatic cyclic amino group or (xxxxviii) a group aromatic cyclic amino. RH and R! independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group;; or both of RH and R 'are joined together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have from 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group d; GGRUPQ SUBSTITUTE? L a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) ), an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) amino group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)], a ureido group, a sulfamide group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) ureido group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (C 1-6 alkyl)] ureido group, a mono- or di- (C 1-6 alkyl) sulphonamide group, a mono- or di- group hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] - sulfamide, an acylamino group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an amino group (acylamino of 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms , an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a carbamoyl group (alkylsulfonylamino of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, and -CON (RJ) R? GGRUPQ SUBSTITUTE a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an halo group (C 1-6 alkoxy), a hydroxy group (C 1-6 alkyl), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (C 1-6 alkyl), a group hydroxy (C 1-6 alkoxy), an amino group (C 1-6 alkyl), an amino group (C 1-6 alkoxy), a mono- or di- (C 1-6 -alkyl) amino, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (C 1-6 -alkyl)] amino group, an akylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, a sulfamoyl group and -CON (R J) R? RJ and R? independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from a hydroxy group, an amino group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 atoms carbon) amino, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms and a carbamoyl group; or both of RJ and R? they bind together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have from 1 to 3 substituents selected from a hydroxy group, an amino group, a mono- or dihydroxy group, and from 1 to 6 atoms carbon), an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms carbon (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) and a carbamoyl group, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof; [2] a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in item [1] above, characterized in that Q represents an ethylene group, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof; [3] a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in item [1] above, characterized in that Q represents a methylene group, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof; [4] a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in points [1] to [3] above, characterized in that G represents a group represented by the formula: or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof; [5] a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of points [1] to [4] above, characterized in that ring A represents a group derived from a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring , a pyrazine ring or a pyridazine ring, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof; [6] a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in item [5] above, characterized in that ring A represents a benzene ring, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof; [7] a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in item [5] above, characterized in that ring A represents a pyridine ring, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof; [8] a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in item [5] above, characterized in that R3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R4 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group of 3 to J carbon atoms, or -Ua-Va-Wa-N (R6a) -Z2a-; Ua represents -O- or a simple bond and with the proviso that at least one of Va and Wa does not represent a simple bond when Ua represents -O-; Va represents an alkylene group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenylene group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a single bond; Wa represents -CO- or a single bond; Z2a represents a hydrogen atom, -RAa, -CON (Rc) RD, or -C (= NRE) N (RF) RG; R6a and RAa independently represent a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 5 groups selected from the substituent group β; Rc, RD, RE, RF, RG and the substituent group β has the same meanings defined above, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof; [9] a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in [5] or [8] above, characterized in that R1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group ( alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), or -Ja-CONH2; Ja represents an alkylene group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof; [10] a pharmaceutical composition containing as an active ingredient a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of the above [1] to [9], or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug of the; [11] an SGLT inhibitor containing as an active ingredient a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in items [1] to [9] above, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug of the; [12] a human SGLT inhibitor as described in [11] above, characterized in that the SGLT is SGLT1 and / or SGLT2; [13] a human SGLT inhibitor as described in [11] above, which is an agent for the inhibition of postprandial hyperglycemia; [14] a human SGLT inhibitor as described in item [11] above, which is an agent for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia; [15] a human SGLT inhibitor as described in item [14] above, characterized in that the disease associated with hyperglycemia is a disease selected from the group consisting of diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, obesity , hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, lipid metabolism disorder, atherosclerosis, hypertension, congestive heart failure, edema, hyperuricemia and gout; [16] a human SGLT inhibitor as described in item [11] above, which is an agent for the advancement of the inhibition of impaired glucose tolerance in diabetes in a subject; [17] a pharmaceutical composition as described in item [10] above, characterized in that the dosage form is a prolonged release formulation; [18] a human SGLT inhibitor as described in item [11] above, characterized in that the dosage form is a prolonged release formulation; [19] a method for the inhibition of postprandial hyperglycemia, which comprises administering an effective amount of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring, as described in any of the items [1] to [9] above, or a salt of he acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug of it; [20] a method for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia, which comprises administering an effective amount of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of items [1] to [9] above, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof;

[21] a method for prevention or treatment as described in item [20], characterized in that the disease associated with hyperglycemia is a disease selected from the group consisting of diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, obesity, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, lipid metabolism disorder, atherosclerosis, hypertension, congestive heart failure, edema, hyperuricaemia and gout; [22] a method for inhibiting the progress in impaired glucose tolerance in diabetes in a subject, which comprises administering an effective amount of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring such as that described in any of points [1] to [9] above, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof; [23] the use of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of the items [1] to [9] above, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof for manufacturing of a pharmaceutical composition for the inhibition of postprandial hyperglycemia; [24] use of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of the items [1] to [9] above, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia;

[25] a use as described in item [24] above, characterized in that the disease associated with hyperglycemia is a disease selected from the group consisting of diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, obesity, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia , hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, lipid metabolism disorder, atherosclerosis, hypertension, congestive heart failure, edema, hyperuricemia and gout; [26] the use of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of the items [1] to [9] above, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof for manufacturing of a pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting the progression of glucose tolerance deficiency in diabetes in a subject; [27] a pharmaceutical composition as described in item [10] above, which contains a combination with at least one member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analogue, a glucagon receptor antagonist, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripeptidyl peptidase II inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV , a protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitor 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, an inhibitor of glycogen synthase kinase 3, glucagon-like peptide-1, a glucagon-like peptide-1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amyl An amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an inhibitor of advanced glycation by-product inhibition, a protein kinase C inhibitor, an α-aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, a channel antagonist, sodium, a transcription factor inhibitor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-bound dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, a factor analogue of platelet-derived growth, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglutaryl, a fibrate, a β 3 adrenoreceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, an inhibitor of cholesterol absorption, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmitoyltransferase inhibitor, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a derivative of nicotinic acid, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium cotransporter inhibitor / bile acid, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, an antagonist of angiotensin II receptor, an inhibitor of endothelin-converting enzyme, an antagonist of the endothelin receptor, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, a vasodilator antihypertensive agent, a sympathetic blocking agent, a centrally acting antihypertensive agent, an a2 adrenoceptor agonist, an antiplatelet agent, a uric acid synthesis inhibitor, a uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalizer; [28] a human SGLT inhibitor such as that described in [11] above, which comprises the combination with at least one member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, an absorption inhibitor of glucose, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analogue, a glucagon receptor antagonist, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripeptidyl peptidase II inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, an inhibitor of protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol , a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide 1, a glucagon-like peptide 1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide 1 agonist, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an inhibitor of advanced glycation by-product inhibition, a protein kinase C inhibitor, an α-aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, a channel antagonist, sodium, a transcription factor inhibitor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-bound dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, a factor analogue of platelet-derived growth, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglutaryl, a fibrate, a β 3 adrenoreceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesteric absorption inhibitor l, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmitoyltransferase inhibitor, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a nicotinic acid derivative , a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium cotransporter inhibitor / bile acid, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, a receptor II antagonist of angiotensin, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an endothelin receptor antagonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive vasodilator agent, a sympathetic blocking agent, a centrally acting antihypertensive agent, an a2 adrenoceptor agonist, an antiplatelet agent, an inhibitor of uric acid synthesis, an age uricosuric acid, and a urinary alkalizer; [29] a method for the inhibition of postprandial hyperglycemia as described in item [19] above, which comprises administering in combination with at least one member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, an inhibitor glucose absorption, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analogue, a glucagon receptor antagonist, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripeptidyl peptidase II inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitor 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D -chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide 1, a glucagon-like peptide 1 analogue, an agonist a of glucagon-like peptide 1, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an inhibitor of advanced glycation by-product inhibition, a protein kinase C inhibitor, an α-aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, a channel antagonist of sodium, a transcription factor inhibitor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-bound dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, an analogue of platelet-derived growth factor, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglutaryl , a fibrate, a β3 adrenoreceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesteric absorption inhibitor erol, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmitoyl-transferase inhibitor, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a nicotinic acid derivative , a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium cotransporter inhibitor / bile acid, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, a receptor II antagonist of angiotensin, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an endothelin receptor antagonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive vasodilator, a sympathetic blocking agent, a centrally acting antihypertensive agent, an a2 adrenoceptor agonist, an antiplatelet agent, an inhibitor of uric acid synthesis, a uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalizer; [30] a method for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia as described in [2] above, which comprises administering in combination with at least one member selected from the group consisting of a sensitivity enhancer of > insulin, a glucose uptake inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analogue, a glucagon receptor antagonist, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, an inhibitor of tripeptidyl peptidase II, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitor 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, an inhibitor of hepatic gluconeogenesis, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide 1, a glucagon-like peptide 1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonist , an aldose reductase inhibitor, an inhibitor of advanced glycation byproduct formation, a protein kinase C inhibitor, a receptor antagonist or α-aminobutyric acid, a sodium channel antagonist, a transcription factor inhibitor NF-βB, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-bound dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I , platelet-derived growth factor, a platelet-derived growth factor analog, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128 , antidiarrheals, cathartics, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglutaryl, a fibrate, a β3 adrenoreceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmitoyltransferase inhibitor, an inhibitor of squalene synthase, a low density lipoprotein receptor speaker, a nicotinic acid derivative, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium cotransporter / bile acid inhibitor, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, a converter enzyme inhibitor of angiotensin, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, an angiotensin II receptor antagonist, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an endothelin receptor antagonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive vasodilator, a sympathetic blocking agent , a centrally acting antihypertensive agent, an a2 adrenoreceptor agonist, an antiplatelet agent, a uric acid synthesis inhibitor, an uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalizer; [31] a method for inhibiting deficiency in glucose tolerance in diabetes in a subject, as described in item [22] above, which comprises administering in combination with at least one member selected from the group consisting of in an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose uptake inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analogue, a glucagon receptor antagonist, a stimulant kinase insulin receptor, an inhibitor of tripeptid i I peptidase II, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B inhibitor, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, an inhibitor of pyruvate dehydrogenase, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide-1, a glucagon-like peptide-1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an inhibitor of by-product formation, advanced glycation, a protein kinase C inhibitor, a? -aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, a sodium channel antagonist, an inhibitor of transcription factor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidase acid N-acetylated linkage, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, a platelet-derived growth factor analog, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin , EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglutaryl, a fibrate, a β3 adrenoceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coen zima A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, an inhibitor of carnitine palmitoyltransferase, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a nicotinic acid derivative, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium cotransporter / bile acid inhibitor, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant , an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, an angiotensin receptor II antagonist, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an endothelin receptor antagonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive agent vasodilator, a sympathetic blocking agent, an antihypertensive agent of ac central evaluation, an a2 adrenoreceptor agonist, an antiplatelet agent, a uric acid synthesis inhibitor, an uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalinizer; [32] the use of (A) a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of the items [1] to [9] above, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof , and (B) at least one member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an analogue. of insulin, a glucagon receptor antagonist, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripeptidyl peptidase II inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B inhibitor, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose inhibitor -6-phosphatase, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide 1 , a glucagon-like peptide 1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an advanced glycation by-product inhibitor, an inhibitor of protein kinase C, a? -aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, a sodium channel antagonist, a transcription factor inhibitor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-linked dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, a platelet-derived growth factor analog, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol , sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglutaryl, a fibrate, a β 3 adrenoceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase a, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmitoyltransferase inhibitor, a squalene inhibitor synthase, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a nicotinic acid derivative, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium / bile acid cotransporter inhibitor, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an inhibitor of angiotensin-converting enzyme, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, an angiotensin II receptor antagonist, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an endothelin receptor antagonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive vasodilator agent, a sympathetic blocking agent, a centrally acting antihypertensive agent, an agonist of the a2 adrenoreceptor, an antiplatelet agent, a uric acid synthesis inhibitor, an uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalizer, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the inhibition of postprandial hyperglycemia; [33] the use of (A) a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of the items [1] to [9] above, or a salt of é acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof , and (B) at least one member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an analogue. of insulin, a glucagon receptor antagonist, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripeptidyl peptidase II inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B inhibitor, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose inhibitor -6-phosphatase, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide 1, a glucagon-like peptide 1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin , an amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an inhibitor of advanced glycation by-product inhibition, a protein kinase C inhibitor, an α-aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, a sodium channel antagonist , an inhibitor of transcription factor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-bound dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, a factor analogue platelet-derived growth, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, a coenzyme reductase inhibitor A hydroxymethylglutaryl, a fibrate, a β3 adrenoceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor , a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmitoyltransferase inhibitor, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a nicotinic acid derivative, a bile acid sequestrant , a sodium / bile acid cotransporter inhibitor, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, an angiotensin II receptor antagonist, an inhibitor of endothelin-converting enzyme, an endothelin receptor antagonist, an agent diuretic, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive vasodilator agent, a sympathetic blocking agent, a centrally acting antihypertensive agent, an a2 adrenoreceptor agonist, an antiplatelet agent, a uric acid synthesis inhibitor, an uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalizer, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia; [34] use of (A) a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of [1] to [9] above, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof, and (B) at least one member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose uptake inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analogue. insulin, a glucagon receptor antagonist, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripeptidyl peptidase II inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein inhibitor tyrosine phosphatase 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-inhibitor 6-phosphatase, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide 1, a glucagon-like peptide-1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin, an amylin analog, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an advanced glycation by-product inhibitor, a protein inhibitor kinase C, a? -aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, a sodium channel antagonist, a transcription factor inhibitor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-bound dipeptidase inhibitor, factor I of insulin-like growth, platelet-derived growth factor, a platelet-derived growth factor analogue, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglutaryl, a fibrate, a β 3 adrenoceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, an inhibitor of carnitine palmitoyltransferase, an inhibitor of squalene synthase, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a nicotinic acid derivative, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium cotransporter / bile acid inhibitor, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an enzyme inhibitor angiotensin-converting enzyme, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, an angiotensin II receptor antagonist, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an endothelin receptor antagonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive vasodilator, a blocking agent sympathetic, a centrally acting antihypertensive agent, an agonist a2 adrenoreceptor, an antiplatelet agent, a uric acid synthesis inhibitor, a uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalizer, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting the progression of glucose tolerance deficiency in diabetes in a subject; and similar. In the present invention, the term "alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms" means a straight or branched chain alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group , an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group, a tert-pentyl group, a hexyl group or the like; the term "alkylene group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms" or "alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms" means a straight or branched chain alkylene group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group, a ethylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a propylene group, a 1, 1-dimethylethylene group, or the like; and the term "alkylene group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms" or "alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms", means a straight or branched chain alkylene group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a propylene group, a 1,1-dimethylethylene group or the like. The term "hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above, substituted by a hydroxy group; the term "dihydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by two hydroxy groups, tai as a 2,3-dihydroxypropyl group, a group 1,3- dihydroxy-2-propyl or similar; the term "amino group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above, substituted by an amino group such as an aminomethyl group, a 2-aminomethyl group or the like; and the term "carboxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by a carboxy group.

The term "alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms" means a straight or branched chain alkoxy group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, a sobutoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a butpentyloxy group, a neopentyloxy group, a tert-pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group or the like; the term "hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above, substituted by a hydroxy group; the term "carboxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by a carboxy group; the term "amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms" means the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by an amino group; and the term "alkoxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms substituted by the alkoxy group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms above The term "alkylthio group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms" means a straight or branched chain alkylthio group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, an isopropylthio group, a butylthio group, an isobutylthio group, a sec-butylthio group, a tert-butylthio group, a pentylthio group, a isopentylthio group, a neopentylthio group, a tert-pentthylthio group, a hexylthio group or the like, the term "hydroxy group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by a hydroxy group, the term "carboxy group ( alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) "means the alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by a carboxy group; and the term "animo group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by an amino group. The term "alkenyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms" means a straight or branched chain alkenyl group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a 1-propenyl group, a group isopropenyl, a 1-butenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 2-methylallyl group or the like; the term "alkenylene group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms" or "alkenylene of 2 to 6 carbon atoms" means a straight or branched chain alkenylene group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a vinylene group, a propenylene group or similar; the term "alkenylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms" means a straight or branched chain alkenylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a vinylene group, a propenylene group or the like; the term "hydroxy group (alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkenyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by a hydroxy group; the term "carboxy group (alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkenyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by a carboxy group; the term "alkenyloxy group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms" means a straight or branched chain alkenyloxy group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a vinyloxy group, an allyloxy group, a 1-propenyloxy group, a group isopropenyloxy, a 1-butenyloxy group, a 2-butenyloxy group, a 2-methylalkyloxy group or the like; the term "alkenylthio group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms" means a straight or branched chain alkenylthio group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as a vinylthio group, an allylthio group, a 1-propenylthio group, an isopropenylthio group , a 1-butenylthio group, a 2-butenylthio group, a 2-methylalylthio group or the like; the term "alkynyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms" means a straight or branched chain alkynyl group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, such as an ethynyl group, a 2-propynyl group or the like; and the term "C2-C6 alkynyl" means a straight or branched chain alkynylene group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms such as an ethynylene group, a propynylene group or the like. The term "mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) amino" means an amino group mono-substituted by the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above or di-substituted by the same or different groups alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms as defined above; the term "mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] amino" means an amino group mono-substituted by the hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) group above or di-substituted by any of the above hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) groups; the term "mono- or di- (C 1-6 -alkyl) ureido" means a ureido group mono-substituted by the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above or di-substituted by any of the alkyl groups of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above; the term "mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) ureido]" means a ureido group mono-substituted by the hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) above or di-substituted by any of the above hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) groups; the term "mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) sulfamide" means a sulfamide group mono-substituted by the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above or di-substituted by any of the alkyl groups from 1 to 6 carbon atoms above; the term "mono- or di- [hydroxy (C1-C6 alkyl)] sulfonamide group" means a sulfamide group mono-substituted by the above or di-substituted hydroxy (C1-C6 alkyl) group. by any of the above hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) groups; the term "acryo group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms" means a straight or branched chain acyl group having from 2 to 7 carbon atoms, such as an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butyryl group, an isobutyryl group, a valeryl group, a pivaloyl group, a hexanoyl group or the like; the term "acylamino group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms" means an amino group substituted by the acyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms above; and the term "amino group (acylamino of 2 to 7 carbon atoms)" means the acylamino group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms above substituted by an amino group, such as a 2-aminoacetylamino group, a 3-aminopropionylamino group or the like . The term "alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-sulfinyl" means a straight or branched chain alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as a methylisulfinyl group, an ethylisulfinyl group or the like; the term "alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-sulfonyl" means a straight or branched chain alkylsulfonyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a methanesulfonyl group, an ethanesulfonyl group or the like; the term "alkyl-sulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms" means an amino group substituted by the alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above; the term "carbamoyl group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-sulfonylamino)" means the alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by a carbamoyl group, such as a carbamoylmethanesulfonylamino group or the like; and the term "alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above. The term "halogen atom" means a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom; the term "halo group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by any of 1 to 3 halogen atoms as defined above; the term "halo group (C 1 -C 6 alkoxy)" means the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by any of 1 to 3 halogen atoms as defined above; and the term "halo (alkylthio) group from 1 to 6 carbon atoms) "means the alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by any of 1 to 3 halogen atoms as defined above The term" alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms "means a group straight or branched chain alkoxycarbonyl having from 2 to 7 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a butoxycarbonyl group, an isobutyloxycarbonyl group, a sec-butoxycarbonyl group, a group tert-butoxycarbonyl, a pentyloxycarbonyl group, an isopentyloxycarbonyl group, a neopentyloxycarbonyl group, a tert-pentyloxycarbonyl group, a hexyloxycarbonyl group or the like, the term "alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) "means the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms above; term "alkoxycarbonyl group from 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) "means the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms above, the term" alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 atoms carbon (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) "means the alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms above, and the term" alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 atoms carbon (alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms) "means the above alkenyl group substituted by the alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms above The term" cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms "or" cycloalkyl of 3"C 7 -C atoms" means a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a cycloheptyl group, the term "cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) means to the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms above; the term "cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms above; and the term "cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms substituted by the cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms above. The term "heterocycloalkyl group" or "heterocycloalkyl" means a 3 to 7 membered aliphatic heterocyclic group containing any of 1 or 2 heteroatoms in the ring at a position other than the selected bond of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom, which is derived from morpholine, thiomorpholine, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, aziridine, azetidine, pyrrolidine, imidazolidine, oxazoline, piperidine, piperazine, pyrazolidine, pyrroline, imidazoline or the like, or an aliphatic heterocyclic group of 5 or 6 members containing any of 1 or 2 heteroatoms in the ring at a position other than the selected binding position of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom, fused with a 6-membered ring which is derived from indoline, isoindoline, tetraindoline, tetrahydroisoindoline, hexahydroindoline, hexahydroisoindoline or the like. The term "heterocycloalkyl group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above, substituted by the above heterocycloalkyl group; the term "heterocycloalkyl group (C 1 -C 6 alkoxy)" means the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the above heterocycloalkyl group; and the term "heterocycloalkyl (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above, substituted by the above heterocycloalkyl group. The term "aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms" or "aryl of 6 to 10 carbon atoms" means an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or Similary; the term "aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms above; the term "aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms above; and the term "aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms above. The term "arylsulfonylamino group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms" means a sulfonylamino group having the aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms above, such as a benzenesulfonylamino group or the like; the term "aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms)" means the alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms substituted by the aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms above; and the term "heteroaryl group" or "heteroaryl", means a 6 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclic group containing any of 1 to 4 heteroatoms in the ring, at a position other than the bonding position, selected from an oxygen atom , a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom, which is derived from thiazole, oxazole, isothiazole, isooxazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, pyrrole, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, oxadiazole, thiodiazole, tetrazole, furazan or the like, or a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group containing any of 1 to 4 heteroatoms in the ring at a position other than the binding, selected from an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom, fused with a 6-membered aromatic ring, which is derived from indole, isoindol, benzofuran, isobenzofuran, benzothiophene, benzooxazole, benzothiazole, indazole, benzoimidazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, phthalazine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, indolizine, naphthyridine, pteridine or the like. The term "heteroaryl group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above, substituted by the above heteroaryl group; the term "heteroaryl group (C 1 -C 6 alkoxy" means the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the above heteroaryl group, and the term "heteroaryl group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms ) "means the alkylthio group of from 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the above heteroaryl group The term" aliphatic cyclic amino group "means a 5 or 6 membered aliphatic cyclic amino group, which may contain a heteroatom in the ring different of the nitrogen atom in the selected binding position of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom, such as a morpholino group, a thiomorpholino group, a 1-aziridinyl group, a 1-acetidinyl group, a group 1-pyrrolidinyl, a piperidino group, a 1-imidazolidinyl group, a 1-piperazinyl group, a pyrazolidinyl group or the like: the term "aromatic cyclic amino group" means an aromatic cyclic amino group of 5m members which may contain from 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms other than the nitrogen atom in the binding position, such as a 1-imidazolyl group, a 1-pyrrolyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a 1-tetrazolyl group or the like; the term "aromatic cyclic amino (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)" means the alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms above substituted by the above cyclic aromatic amino group; the term "aromatic cyclic amino (C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy) group" means the alkoxy group of from 1 to 6 carbon atoms above, substituted by the above cyclic aromatic amino group; and the term "amino (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) aromatic cyclic group" means the alkylthio group. from 1 to 6 carbon atoms above, substituted by the above cyclic aromatic amino group. The term "hydroxy protecting group" means a hydroxy protecting group that is used in general in organic synthesis, such as a methyl group, a benzyl group, a methoxymethyl group, an acetyl group, a pivaloyl group, a benzoyl group, a group tert-butyldimethylsilyl, a tert-butyl group Idiphenylsilyl, an allyl group or the like; the term "amino protecting group" means an amino protecting group that is used in general organic synthesis, such as a benzyloxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a benzyl group, an acetyl group, a trifluoroacetyl group or the like; and the term "carboxy protective group" means a carboxy protecting group that is used in general organic synthesis, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a benzyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, an allyl group or the like. In addition, in the substituent Q, the left-hand union means a union bound to a fused ring containing nitrogen, and the right-hand union means a union attached to a ring A. The compounds represented by the general formula (I) above of the present invention can be prepared according to the following analogous methods or procedures thereof, or other methods described in the literature or analogous processes thereof.

In the formula, G1 represents the previous G, where a hydroxy group is protected by M; M represents a hydroxy protecting group such as an acetyl group, a pivaloyl group, a benzoyl group or the like; E1a represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a hydroxy group protected by M; E2a represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a hydroxymethyl group protected by M; and R1 through R4, G, Q, Y and ring A has the same meanings defined above, and with the proviso that in the case where there is a hydroxy group, an amino group and / or a carboxy group in each compound, a compound having a protecting group can be used appropriately.

PROCESS 1 A glycosylated compound represented by the general formula (III) above can be prepared by subjecting glycosylation to a compound represented by the general formula (II) above, using a sugar donor represented by the above general formula (Ga) or (Gb) as acetobromo-aD-glucose, acetobromo-aD-galactose, 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-aD-glucopyranosyl bromide, 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-aD bromide -galactopyranosyl, 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-aD-glucopyranosyl bromide, 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-aD-galactopyranosyl bromide or the like, in the presence of a silver salt, such as silver carbonate, silver oxide or the like, or a base, such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydride or the like, in the presence or absence of a phase transfer catalyst such as benzyltri (n-butyl) ammonium chloride, benzyltri (n-butyl) ammonium bromide, hydrogenated sulfate tetra (n-butyl) ammonium or the like, in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, N, N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, dichloromethane, toluene, benzo trifluoride, water, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 3 days, varying based on the initial material used, the solvent and the reaction temperature.

PROCESS 2 A compound represented by the above general formula (I) of the present invention can be prepared by subjecting a glycosylated compound represented by the above general formula (III) to alkaline hydrolysis to remove a protected group. As the solvent used, it can be illustrated, for example, sodium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, or the like. The reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 30 minutes to 1 day, varying based on the initial material used, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction. Of the compounds represented by the above general formula (I) of the present invention, a compound may also be prepared wherein R 1 represents a group other than a hydrogen atom, according to the following process 3, using the following compound ( la), which can be prepared by the previous method: In the formula, R10 represents R1 except for a hydrogen atom; L1 represents a suppressible group, such as a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a mesyloxy group, a tosyloxy group or the like; R2 to R4, G, Q, Y and ring A, have the same meanings defined above.

PROCESS 3 A compound represented by the above general formula (Ib) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (a) to condensation with a compound represented by the above general formula (IV) in the presence of a base, such as carbonate of potassium, cesium carbonate, sodium hydride or the like, in the presence or in the absence of sodium iodide in an inert solvent. As a solvent used, it can be illustrated, for example, acetone, / V, / V-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, a mixed solvent thereof and the like. The reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the initial material used, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction. Of the compounds represented by the above general formula (I) of the present invention, a compound having an unsaturated aliphatic chain can be converted into a corresponding compound having a saturated aliphatic chain represented by the general formula (I) above, by hydrogenation catalytic to reduce double bond or triple bond, using a palladium catalyst, such as palladium-carbon powder or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used in the catalytic hydrogenation, it is possible to illustrate, for example, methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, acetic acid, a mixed solvent thereof and the like. The reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 2 days, varying based on the initial material used, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction. The initial materials used in the above manufacturing methods can be prepared according to the procedures described in the literature or with analogous processes thereof. In addition, of the compounds represented by formula (III) above, a compound can also be prepared wherein R1 represents a group other than a hydrogen atom using the following compound (Illa), which can be prepared by the above method of according to Process 4 below.

R10-OH (V) In the formula, R2 to R4, R10, G \ L1, Q, Y and ring A have the same meanings defined above.

PROCESS 4 A compound represented by the general formula (IIIb) above can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the above formula (Illa) 1) to condensation with a compound represented by the above general formula (IV) in the presence of a base such as carbonate of potassium, cesium carbonate, sodium hydride or the like in the presence or absence of sodium iodide in an inert solvent, or 2) to condensation with a compound represented by the general formula (V) above, in the presence of a reagent such as diethyl azodicarboxylate, diisopropyl azodicarboxylate or the like, and triphenylphosphine in an inert solvent. As the solvent used in reaction 1), for example, acetone,? /,? / - dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. In reaction 1), the temperature of the reaction is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the initial material used, the solvent and the reaction temperature. As the solvent used in reaction 2), for example, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. In reaction 2), the temperature of the reaction is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the initial material used, the solvent and the reaction temperature.

Of the compounds represented by the general formula (III) above, a compound having an unsaturated aliphatic chain can be converted into a corresponding compound having a saturated aliphatic chain represented by the general formula (III) above by catalytic hydrogenation to reduce the double bond or the triple bond using a palladium catalyst, such as palladium-carbon powder or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used in the catalytic hydrogenation, it can be illustrated, for example, methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, acetic acid, a mixed solvent thereof and the like. The reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 2 days, varying based on the initial material used, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction. Of the compounds represented by the general formula (III) above, the following compound (lile) can also be prepared, wherein Q has a vinylene group, according to process 5: In the formula, Q1 represents a simple bond, -alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms-, -alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms- O-, alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms-S-, alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms-O-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms- or -alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms-S-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-; and R1 through R4, G1, Y and ring A have the same meanings defined above.

PROCESS 5 A compound represented by the above general formula (INC) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (VI) above to a Heck reaction with an olefin derivative represented by the general formula (VII) above using a palladium catalyst, such as palladium-carbon powder, palladium acetate, tetracis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, dibenzylideneacetone palladium, bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride or the like in the presence or absence of a ligand such as tris (2-methylphenyl) phosphine, triphenylphosphine or similar in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, N, N-diisopropyethylamine, sodium rer-butoxide, potassium urea-butoxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium fluoride or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, acetonitrile, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, a solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the initial material used, the solvent and temperature of the reaction; ounn Of the compounds represented by the general formula (I II) above, the following compound (llld) can also be prepared, wherein Q has an ethynylene group, according to the following processes 6 or 7 to 9: In the formula, L2 represents a suppressible group such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group or the like; and R1 through R4, G1, Q1, Y and ring A have the same meanings defined above.

PROCESS 6 A compound represented by the general formula (IIId) above can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the above general formula (VI) to the Sonogashira reaction with an acetylene derivative represented by the general formula (VIII) above, using a palladium catalyst. such as palladium-carbon powder, palladium acetate, tetracis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, dibenzylidene ketone palladium, bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride or the like in the presence or absence of a ligand such as tris (2-methylphenyl) phosphine, triphenylphosphine or similar in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, sodium rerr-butoxide, potassium ferf-butoxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium fluoride or the like and copper iodide (I) in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, acetonitrile, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, triethylamine,? /,? / - diisopropylethylamine, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be exemplified. The temperature of the reaction is usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the initial material used, the solvent and the reaction temperature.

PROCESS 7 A compound represented by the above general formula (X) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the above general formula (VI) to Sonogashira reaction with an acetylene derivative represented by the above general formula (IX), using a palladium catalyst, such such as palladium-carbon powder, palladium acetate, tetracis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, dibenzylidene ketone palladium, bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride or the like, in the presence or absence of a ligand, such as tris (2-methylphenyl) phosphine, triphenylphosphine or the like, in the presence of a base such as triethylamine,?,? / - diisopropylethylamine, sodium urea-butoxide, potassium re-butoxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium fluoride or the like and copper iodide (I ) in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, acetonitrile, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction.

PROCESS 8 A compound represented by the above formula (XI) can be prepared by treating a compound represented by the general formula (X) above with a reagent such as tetra (n-butyI) ammonium fluoride, hydrogenated pyridinium fluoride or the like and eliminating the group trimethyl Isyl ilo in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, tetrahydrofuran and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction.

PROCESS 9 A compound represented by the general formula (III) above can be prepared, wherein Q1 represents a single bond, by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (XI) above to Sonogashira reaction using a compound represented by the general formula (Xll) above in the presence of a palladium catalyst, such as palladium-carbon powder, palladium acetate, tetracis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, dibenzylidene ketone palladium, bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride or the like and a base such as triethylamine, N,? / - diisopropylethylamine, sodium feriobutoxide, potassium ferf-butoxide, sodium carbonate, carbonate of potassium, cesium fluoride or the like, in the presence or absence of a ligand, such as tris (2-methylphenyl) phosphine, triphenylphosphine or the like in the presence of copper (I) iodide in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, acetonitrile, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, triethylamine,? /,? / - disopropylethylamine, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the reaction temperature. Of the compounds represented by the general formula (lll) above, it is also possible to prepare the following compound (lile) s, where Q has an amide group, according to the s: ig ".u.: ie" n "* tes processes 1Q to 12; In the formula, R represents a methyl group, a tyl group or a benzyl group; QQ22 is preferably a single bond or -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-; and R1 through R4, R7, G1, Y and ring A have the same signals defined above.

PROCESS 10 A compound represented by the formula (Xlll) can be prepared by treating a compound represented by the above general formula (VI) in the presence of a palladium catalyst such as palladium-carbon powder, palladium acetate, tetracis- (triphenylphosphine) palladium, dibenzylideneacetone palladium, bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride or the like and a base such as triethylamine,? /,? / - diisopropylethylamine, sodium rerr-butoxide, tert-butoxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium fluoride or the like in the presence or absence of a ligand such as 1,3-bis (diphenylphosphino) propane, tris (2-methylphenyl) phosphine, triphenylphosphine or the like in an inert solvent under an atmosphere of carbon monoxide. As the solvent used, for example, methanol, ethanol, benzyl alcohol, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction.

PROCESS 11 A compound represented by the above general formula (XIV) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (Xlll) above 1) to alkaline hydrolysis using a basic substance such as sodium hydroxide or the like, or 2) to catalytic hydrogenation using a palladium catalyst such as palladium-carbon powder or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used in reaction 1), for example, water, methanol, ethanol, tetrahydrofuran, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. In reaction 1), the temperature of the reaction is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature and the reaction time is usually from 30 minutes to 1 day, varying based on the initial material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction. As the solvent used in reaction 2), for example, methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, acetic acid, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. In reaction 2), the reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 2 days, varying based on the initial material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction.

PROCESS 12 A compound represented by the above formula (lile) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (XIV) above, to condensation, using a compound represented by the general formula (XV) above, in the presence of an agent a condenser, such as 1-ethyl I-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or the like, optionally in the presence of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, in the presence or absence of a base such as triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine or similar in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, can be illustrated? /, / V-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, a mixed solvent thereof and the like. The reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 2 days, varying based on the initial material, solvent and reaction temperature. Of the compounds represented by the general formula (III) above, the following compounds (IIIg) and (IIIh) can also be prepared, wherein R4 represents the following substituent, according to the following processes 13 to 16: In the formula, one of Ra and R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have any of the group 1 to 5 selected from the above substituent group β, and the other represents an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be having any of 1 to 5 groups selected from the substituent group β above; L3 represents a suppressible group such as a mesyloxy group, a tosyloxy group or the like; V1 represents an alkylene group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkenylene group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms; and R1 through R3, G1, Q, U, Y and ring A have the same meanings defined above.

PROCESS 13 A compound represented by the above general formula (XVI) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (Illf) above to the introduction of a suppressible group in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, /, / V- diisopropylethylamine or the like using even an acid chloride, such as mesyl chloride, tosyl chloride or the like, in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, pyridine, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from 0 ° C to room temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 30 minutes to 1 day, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction.

PROCESS 14 A compound represented by the general formula (I and Ig) above can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (XVI) above to condensation with an amine compound represented by the general formula (XVII) above, or a salt of it in the presence or absence of a base such as triethylamine,? /,? / - diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo- [5.4.0] undec-7-ene, sodium hydride, potassium re-butoxide, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate or the like, optionally adding sodium iodide, in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, acetonitrile, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, -methypyrohiidone, methanol, ethanol, tetrahydrofuran, water, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 3 days, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction.

PROCESS 15 A compound represented by formula (XVIII) above can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by formula (XVI) above to azidation using an azide reagent such as sodium azide or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, dichloromethane, ethyl acetate,? /, / V-dimethylformamide, dimethisulfoxide,? / -methylpyrrolidone,? /,? / - dimethylimidazolidinone, a mixed solvent thereof, can be exemplified. and similar. The temperature of the reaction is usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 30 minutes to 1 day, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction.

PROCESS 16 A compound represented by the general formula (III) above can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (XV! 11) above to catalytic hydrogenation using a palladium catalyst such as palladium-carbon powder or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, ethyl acetate, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 30 minutes to 1 day, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction.

Of the compounds represented by the general formula (III) above, it is also possible to prepare the following compounds (III) and (IIIK), wherein R4 represents the following substituent, according to the following processes 17 or 18 to 19: Process 12 HN or a salt of it RL (XXVI) In the formula, L4 represents a suppressible group such as a pyrazolyl group, a methylthio group, a benzotriazolyl group or the like; Z3 represents CORB, SO2RB, CONHRc, C (= NRE) NHRF; and R1 through R3, RB, Rc, RD, RE, RF, G1, Q, U, V, Y and ring A have the same meanings defined above.

PROCESS 17 A compound represented by the general formula (III) can be prepared from a compound represented by the general formula (lili) above, by treatment according to the following methods up to 4.

METHOD 1 A compound represented by the general formula (lili) above is allowed to react with an acid chloride represented by the general formula (XIX) or (XX) in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine,? /,? / - diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene or the like, in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, pyridine, acetonitrile, a mixed solvent thereof or the like, usually at 0 ° C until Reflux temperature, usually for 30 minutes to 1 day.

METHOD 2 A compound represented by the general formula (lili) is allowed to react with a β-isocyanate compound represented by the general formula (XXI) in the presence or in the absence of a base such as triethylamine, α, β / β-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8 -diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene or the like, in an inert solvent such as dichloromethane, ethyl acetate, tetrahydrofuran, pyridine, acetonitrile, toluene, a mixed solvent thereof or the like usually at 0 ° C to room temperature. reflux, usually for 30 minutes to 1 day.

METHOD 3 A compound represented by the general formula (lili) is allowed to react with a carboxylic acid compound represented by the general formula (XXII) in the presence of a condensing agent such as 1-ethyl-l-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride. , dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or the like, in the presence or absence of a base such as triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine or the like, optionally adding 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, in an inert solvent such as N, N-dimethylformamide, dichloromethane, a mixed solvent thereof or the like, usually at 0 ° C to reflux temperature, usually for 1 hour to 2 days.

METHOD 4 A compound represented by the general formula (lili) above is allowed to react with a guanidinant reagent represented by the general formula (XXIII) above, such as N- (benzyloxycarbonyl) -7H-pyrazoI-1-carboxamidine or the like, in a solvent inert such as tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, toluene, a mixed solvent thereof or the like, usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, usually for 1 hour to 5 days.

PROCESS 18 An activated ester compound represented by the general formula (XXV) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (lili) to condensation with an activated esterifying reagent, represented by the general formula (XXIV) in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, dichloromethane, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, pyridine, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 30 minutes to 1 day, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the reaction temperature.

PROCESS 19 A compound represented by the general formula (IIIk) above can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (XXV) to condensation with an amine compound represented by the general formula (XXVI) above, or a sa! of it in the presence or absence of a base, such as triethylamine,? /,? / - diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1, 8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene, sodium hydride, potassium rerf-butoxide, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, dichloromethane, methane, ethanol, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, pyridine,? /,? / - dimethylformamide, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be exemplified. The reaction temperature is usually from room temperature to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 30 minutes to 2 days, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the reaction temperature. Of the compounds represented by the general formula (III) above, the following compound (lili) can be prepared, wherein R4 represents the following substituent, according to the following processes 20 to 21 or 22: In the formula, L5 represents a suppressible group such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group or the like; V2 represents an alkylene group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenylene group of 2 to 4 carbon atoms or a single bond; W represents -CO- or SO2-; and R1 through R3, Ra, Rb, G1, Q, Y and ring A have the same meanings defined above.

PROCESS 20 An olefin derivative represented by the above general formula (XXIX) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (XXVII) to a Heck reaction with an olefin derivative represented by the general formula (XXVIII), using a catalyst palladium, such as palladium-carbon powder, palladium acetate, tetracis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, dibenzylidene ketone palladium, bis (trifhenylphosphine) palladium dichloride or the like, in the presence or absence of a phosphine ligand, such as tris (2). methylphenyl) phosphine, triphenylphosphine or the like in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, sodium feri-butoxide, potassium urea-butoxide, cesium fluoride or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, acetonitrile, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 2 days, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction.

PROCESS 21 A compound represented by the general formula (lili) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (XXIX) to condensation with an amine derivative represented by the general formula (XVII) or a salt thereof in the presence or absence of a condensing agent, such as 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiirnide hydrochloride, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or the like, and a base such as triethylamine,? /,? / - diisopropylethylamine or the like, optionally adding 1-hydroxybenzotriazole, in a inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, can be illustrated? /,? / - dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dichloromethane, a mixed solvent thereof and the like. The temperature of the reaction is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 2 days, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction.

PROCESS 22 A compound represented by the general formula (lili) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (XXVII) to a Heck reaction with an olefin derivative represented by the general formula (XXX) using a paediated catalyst such as palladium-carbon, palladium acetate, tetracis (triphenylphosphine) palladium, dibenzylidene ketone palladium, bis (triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride or the like, in the presence or absence of a phosphine ligand, such as tris (2-methylphenyl) phosphine, triphenylphosphine or the like , in the presence of a base such as triethylamine, sodium feri-butoxide, potassium urea-butoxide, cesium fluoride or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, acetonitrile, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 2 days, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction. Of the compounds represented by the general formula (11), a compound in which R 1 and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom can also be prepared; Q represents a single bond, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms -O-, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-S-, -alkylene of 1 to 6 atoms carbon-O-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms- or -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-S-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-; and Y represents a nitrogen atom, according to the following processes 23 to 26: (XXXII) Process 25 Cyclization In the formula, R 'represents a methyl group or an ethyl group; Q3 represents a single bond, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms -O-, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-S-, -alkylene of 1 to 6 atoms carbon-O-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms or alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-S-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and R3, R4 and ring A have the same meanings as defined above.

PROCESS 23 A compound represented by the general formula (XXXIII) can be prepared by submitting to a compound represented by the general formula (XXXI) above, to condensation with a cyano derivative of acetic acid represented by the general formula (XXXII) above, in the presence of an additive such as acetic acid, ammonium acetate or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, toluene, benzene, a mixed solvent thereof and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from ambient temperature to reflux, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the initial material, solvency and reaction time.

PROCESS 24 A compound represented by the general formula (XXXV) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (XXXIII) to condensation with a compound represented by the general formula (XXXIV) in an inert solvent. As the solvenfe used, for example, it is possible to illustrate meianol, eneol, 2-propanol, a mixed solution thereof and the like. The usual reaction is from ambient air to reflux, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the initial material, solvency, and reaction time.

PROCESS 25 A composite represented by the general formula (XXXVI) above can be prepared by submitting to a compound represented by the general formula (XXXV) prior to cyclization with a hydrochloric acid in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, acetic acid and the like can be illustrated. The temperature of the reaction is usually from 0 ° C to the reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the initial material, solvency and reaction time.

PROCESS 26 A compound represented by the general formula (lia) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (XXXVI) to cyclization using hydrazine or a hydrate thereof in an inert solven. As the solvent used, for example, A / -methylpyrrolidone,? /, / V-dimethylamide, n-buanol, a mixed solution thereof and the like can be illustrated. The usual reaction is from ambient air to reflux fever, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the initial material, solvency, and reaction time. From the compounds represented by the general formula (VI) above, a composite can be prepared where Y represents CH, according to the processes 27 to 31 following: In the formula, R2, R10, E1a, E2a, L1, G1 and M have the same meanings defined earlier.

PROCESS 27 A compound represented by the general formula (XXXVIII) above can be prepared by submitting to a compound represented by the general formula (XXXVII) prior to oxidation in the presence of a base, such as sodium carbonate or the like using an oxidizing agent, such as potassium permanganate or the like in an inert solvent. As the solvent used, for example, water and the like can be deluded. The reaction usually takes place from ambient to ambient to reflux, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 3 days, varying based on the initial material, solvency, and time of reaction.

PROCESS 28 A composite represented by the general formula (XXXIX) above can be prepared by submitting to a compound represented by the general formula (XXXVIII) prior to reduction in the presence of an acid, such as hydrochloric acid or the like, using a reducing agent, such as Esomano chloride or a hydration of it or similar in a solvent inert. As the solvenience used, for example, water and the like can be illusory. The reaction usually takes place from ambient air to reflux fever, and the reaction time is usually from 30 minutes to 1 day, varying based on the initial material, solvency, and time of reaction.

PROCESS 29 A compound represented by the general formula (XXXX) can be prepared by derivatizing a compound represented by the general formula (XXXIX) in a diazonium compound in the presence of an acid, such as hydrochloric acid or the like, using sodium nitrate in a solvent inert , and then by subjecting the compound to reduction in the presence of an acid, such as hydrochloric acid or the like, using a reducing agent, such as tin cyanide or a hydrate thereof or the like in an inert solven, and cyclization. As the solvent used in the reaction in the diazonium compound, for example, water and the like can be illustrated. The reaction time is usually from 0 ° C to the reflux time, and the reaction time is usually from 30 minutes to 1 day, varying based on the initial material, solvency and reaction time. As a solvent used in the reduction and cyclization reactions, for example, water and the like can be deluded. The reaction time is usually from 0 ° C to reflux time, and the reaction time is usually from 30 minutes to 1 day, varying based on the initial material, solvency and reaction time.

PROCESS 30 A glycosylated compound represented by the general formula (Via) can be prepared by subjecting a compound represented by the general formula (XXXX) to glycosidation using a sugar donor represented by the general formula (Ga) or (Gb) such as acetobromo-aD -glucose, acetobromo-aD-galactose, 2,3,4,6-pheryl-O-pivaloyl-aD-glucopyranosyl bromide, 2,3,4,6-pheryl-O-pivaloyl-aD-galactopyranosyl bromide, bromide of 2,3,4,6-yl-O-benzoyl-aD-glucopyranosyl, 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzoyl-aD-galactopyranosyl bromide or the like, in the presence of a silver salt, as carbonaceous plaice, plaice oxide or the like, or an alkaline base such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium hydride or the like in the presence or absence of a catalyst phase transfer, such as benzyltri (p-buleyl) ammonium chloride, benzyltri (/ 7-butyl) ammonium bromide, hydrogenated sulphation of iron (n-buleyl) ammonium or the like in a solvent is inert. As the solvent used, for example, it is possible to illustrate the hydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxy, N, N-dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, dichloromethane, toluene, benzo trifluoride, water, a mixed solvent thereof and the like. The reaction usually takes place from ambient temperature to reflux, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 3 days, varying based on the initial material, solvency, and time of reaction.

PROCESS 31 A compound represented by the general formula (Vlb) can be prepared by submitting to a compound represented by the general formula (Via) 1) to condensation with a compound represented by the general formula (IV) in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate , carbonate of cesium, sodium hydride or the like, in the presence or absence of sodium iodide in an inert solven, or 2) to condensation with a compound represented by the general formula (V) in the presence of a reactive, azodicarboxylamide of dieryl, azodicarboxylic acid of diisopropyl or the like and iriphenylphosphine in an inert solvent. As solvenie used in the reaction 1), it can be illustrated, for example, for example, acetylene,, A / -dimethylformamide, teirahydrofuran, a mixed solvent thereof and the like. In reaction 1), the reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to reflux temperature, and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the starting material, the solvent and the temperature of the reaction. the reaction. As the solvent used in reaction 2), there can be illustrated, for example, hydrohydrofuran, ethyl acetate, acetylonitrile, a mixed solvent thereof and the like. In Reaction 2), the temperature of the reaction is usually from ambient temperature to reflux temperature and the reaction time is usually from 1 hour to 1 day, varying based on the initial material, the solvent and the reaction tempera- ture. . In the case of the compounds that are a hydroxy group, an amino group and / or a carboxy group in the above procedures, they can also be used in each reaction after producing any pro-cyclic group in the usual manner as occasion requires. The protecting group can optionally be removed in any subsequent reaction in the usual way. Compounds represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention obtained by the above production processes can be isolated and purified by conventional separation means, such as fractional recrystallization, purification using chromatography, solvent extraction and solid phase extraction. . The nitrogen derivatives with fused ring represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention can be converted into their acceptable salts for pharmaceutical use in the usual manner. Examples of these salts include acid addition salts with mineral acids, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, propionic acid, acid citric acid, succinic acid, taric acid, fumaric acid, buiric acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, maleic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, carbonic acid, glutamic acid, ascorbic acid and the like, salts with inorganic bases as a sodium salt , a salt of poiasium and the like, and salts with organic bases, such as? / - methyl-D-glucamine,? /,? / '- dibenzylethylenediamine, 2-aminoeanol, lris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane, arginine, lysine and Similar. Compounds represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention include solvates with solvents acceptable for pharmaceutical use, such as ethanol and water. Of the nitrogen derivatives with fused ring represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention, and of their prodrugs, there are two geometric isomers, cis isomer (Z) and isomer rans (E), in each compound that has a unsafe link. In the present invention, any of the isomers may be employed. Of the fused ring nifrogen derivatives represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention, and of their prodrugs, there are two optical isomers R isomer and S isomer, in each compound having an asymmetric carbon atom excluding the sugar portion . In the present invention, any of the isomers may be employed, and a mixture of both isomers may also be employed. A prodrug of a compound represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention can be prepared by introducing an appropriate prodrug-forming group into any one or more groups selected from a hydroxy group, an amino group and a cyclic amino group, as a pyrazole ring, a piperazine ring or the like, of the compound represented by the general formula (I) above, using a corresponding reagent to produce a prodrug such as a halide compound or the like in the usual way, and then isolating and appropriately purifying it from the usual way as occasion requires. As a prodrug forming group used in a hydroxy group or an amino group, for example, an acyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (acyl of 2 to carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (acyl) can be illustrated. 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkoxycarbonyl or 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms) or the like. As a pro-drug forming group used in a cyclic amino group, it is possible to illustrate, for example, an acyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (acyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms) , an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (acyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (2 to 2 coxycarbonyl) 7 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms), a group (acyloxy of 2 to 7 carbon atoms) meilyl, a group of 1- (acyloxy of 2 to Carbon atoms), a group (alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms) -oxyoxy, a group 1 - [(alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms) oxy]} ethyl, a group (cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms) oxycarbonyloxymethyl, a group of 1- [cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms) oxycarbonyloxy] ethyl or the like. The term "alkoxy group (acyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms)" means the acyl group of 2 to 7 lower carbon atoms suspended by the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 lower carbon atoms; the term "alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (acyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms)" means the acyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms above subsumed by the alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 lower carbon atoms; and the term "alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms)" means the alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms above, substituted by the alkoxy group of 1 to 6 lower carbon atoms . The term "group (acyloxy of 2 to 7 carbon atoms) melyl" means a hydroxymethyl group O-susíifuido by the acyl group of 2 to 7 aníerior carbon atoms; the term "group (alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms) oxymethyl" means an O-hydroxymethyl group substituted by the alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms above; the term "1 - [(alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms) - oxyethyl" means a 1-hydroxyethyl group O -substituted by the alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 lower carbon atoms; the term "cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms" means a cyclic alkoxycarbonyl group which has the cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 lower carbon atoms; the term "group (cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms) oxycarbonyloxymethyl" means a hydroxymethyl group O-susiiuuido by the group (cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms) oxycarbonyl ani erior; and the term "group 1- [cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms) oxycarbonyloxy] ethyl" means a 1-hydroxyethyl group O-substituted by the group (cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms) oxycarbonyl anilior. In addition, as a prodrug-forming group, a glucopyranosyl group or a galactopyranosyl group can be illustrated. For example, these groups are preferably indole in the hydroxy group in the 4 or 6 position of the giucopiranosyioxy group or in the galactopyranosyloxy group, and are more preferably in the hydroxy group in the 4 or 6 position of the glucopyranosyloxy group. The nitrogen derivatives with fused annulus represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention, for example, showed a potent inhibitory activity of the SGLT1 or SGLT2 in a test of verification of inhibitory activity of the SGLT1 or SGLT2 as described further ahead. Therefore, a nitrogen derivative with fused ring represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention can exert an excellent inhibitory activity of SGLT1 in the small intestine or an excelent inhibitory activity of SGLT2 in the kidney, and significantly inhibit the increase in the level of glucose in the blood or decrease significantly the level of glucose in the blood. Therefore, a nitrogen derivative with fused ring represented by the general formula (I) of the present invention, a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use and a prodrug thereof, is exremely useful as an agent for the inhibition of postprandial hyperglycemia, for the inhibition of progression in diabetes in a subject with impaired glucose tolerance and in the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia, such as diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance (IGT), diabetic complications (for example, retinopathy, neuropathy, nephropathy, ulcer, macroangiopathy), obesity, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, lipid metabolism disorders, arteriosclerosis, hypertension, congestive heart failure, edema, hyperuricemia, gout or the like, which are related with the activity of SGLT1 in the small intestine and with the activity of SGLT2 in the kidney on. In addition, the compounds of the present invention can be used appropriately in combination with at least one selected member of the following drugs. Examples of the drugs that can be used in combination with the compounds of the present invention include an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor., a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or insulin analogue, an angiogonist of the glucagon receptor, a sphimulant kinase of the insulin receptor, an inhibitor ofipepideid pepíidase 11, a dipepidid peptidase inhibitor IV, a protein inhibitor tyrosine phosphatase 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, an inhibitor of glycogen synase kinase 3, glucagon-like peptide 1, a glucagon-like peptide 1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide 1 agony, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonism, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an inhibitor of advanced glycation by-product formation, a protein kinase C inhibitor, an α-aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, an antagonist sodium channel gonisia, an inhibitor of the transcription factor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-bound dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, an analogue of platelet-derived growth factor, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, catáríicos, a coenzyme inhibitor Reducesa A hydroxymethylglutaryl, a fibrate, a β3 adrenoreceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyliferansferase, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesterol uptake inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, an inhibitor of prolein microsomal triglyceride transfer, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmiioyl-transferase inhibitor, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a lipopro receptor enhancer low density lein, a derivative of nicoinic acid, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium cotransporter / bile acid inhibitor, an cholesterol ester transference protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an Neuira endopeptidase inhibitor, an anolygonism of angiotensin II receptor, an inhibitor of endoelin-converting enzyme, an antagonism of the endothelin receptor, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive agent vasodilator, a sympathetic blocking agent, an anihypertensive agent of central action, an agonisia of adrenorecepfor a2, an antiplatelet agent, an inhibitor of uric acid synthesis, an uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalinizer; In case of uses of the compound of the present invention in combination with one or more drugs of the above, the present invention includes dosage forms of simultaneous administration as a single preparation, or separate preparations in the form of the same or different route of administration. administration, and administration in different dose ranges as separate preparations in the same or different administration form. A pharmaceutical combination containing the compound of the present invention and the above drug or drugs, includes both dosage forms and a simple preparation, as well as separate preparations for their combination, as mentioned above.

Compounds of the present invention may have more advantageous effects than the additive effects in the prevention or treatment of the above diseases when properly used in combination with one or more of the above drugs. Also, the administration dose may be decreased compared to the administration of any drug alone, or the adverse effects of the co-administered drugs may be averted or diminished. The particular compounds as drugs used for combination and the diseases that are preferred to be treated, are exemplified below. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the particular compounds include their free compounds, and their salts or other salts acceptable for pharmaceutical use. As enhancers of insulin sensitivity, are receptor agonists illustrated? peroxisome proliferator-positive polysaccharides, such as troglifazone, pioglitazone hydrochloride, rosiglitazone maleate, sodium darglitazone, GI-262570, isagliazone, LG-100641, NC-2100, T-174, DRF-2189, CLX-0921, CS-011 , GW-1929, ciglitazone, englitazone sodium and NIP-221, agonists of the receptor to peroxisome proliferator-dependent, such as GW-9578 and BM-170744, a /? Receptor agonists. peroxisome proliferator-activated, such as GW-409544, KRP-297, NN-622, CLX-0940, LR-90, SB-219994, DRF-4158 and DRF-MDX8, retinoid receptor X agonists such as ALRT-268 , AGN-4204, MX-6054, AGN-194204, LG-100754 and bexarotene, and other insulin sensitivity enhancers, such as reglixan, ONO-5816, MBX-102, CRE-1625, FK-614, CLX- 0901, CRE-1633, NN-2344, BM-13125, BM-501050, HQL-975, CLX-0900, MBX-668, MBX ^ 675, S-15261, GW-544, AZ-242, LY-510929, AR-H049020 and GW-501516. The insulin sensitivity enhancers are preferably used for diabetes, deficiency in glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, obesity, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, lipid metabolism disorder or atherosclerosis, and more preferably for diabetes, deficiency in glucose tolerance or hyperinsulinemia, because it improves the disturbance of insulin signal transduction in peripheral tissues and improves glucose uptake in blood tissues, leading to decreased glucose level in the blood. As inhibitors of glucose absorption, for example, inhibitors of α-glucosidase, such as acarbose, voglibose, miglitol, CKD-711, emiglitate, MDL-25,637, camiglibose and MDL-73,945, α-amylase inhibitors, lal, can be illustrated. as AZM-127, SGLT1 inhibitors described in the pamphlets of international publications numbers WO02 / 098893, WO2004 / 014932 and the like. Glucose absorption inhibitors are preferably used during diabetes, deficiency in glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, obesity or hyperinsulinemia, and more preferably for deficiency in glucose tolerance, because they inhibit gastrointestinal enzymatic digestion. the carbohydrates contained in food, and inhibit or delay the absorption of glucose in the body. As buguanides, phenformin, buformin hydrochloride, metformin hydrochloride or the like are illustrated. The biguanides are preferably used for diabetes, deficiency in glucose tolerance, diabetic complications or hyperinsulinemia, and more preferably for diabetes, deficiency in glucose tolerance or hyperinsulinemia, due to the decrease in the level of glucose in the blood through inhibitory effects on hepatic gluconeogenesis, accelerating effects on anaerobic glycolysis in tissues, or improving the effects on insulin resistance in peripheral tissues. As enhancers of insulin secretion, tolbutamide, chlorpropamide, iolazamide, acetohexamide, glycpyramide, glyburide (glibenclamide), gliclazide, 1 -buty I-3-methanyl urea are illusible., carbutamide, glibornuride, glipizide, gliquidone, glisoxapide, glibutiazole, glybuzole, glihexamide, glimidine sodium, glipinamide, fenbutamide, tolciclamide, glimepiride, nateglinide, hydrated calcium mitiglinide, repaglinide or the like. In addition, insulin secretion enhancers include glucokinase activators, such as RO-28-1675. The insulin secretion enhancers are preferably used for diabetes, deficiency in glucose tolerance or diabetic complications, and more preferably for diabetes or impaired glucose tolerance, due to the decrease in the level of blood glucose by acting on pancreatic ß cells and improving insulin secretion. As inhibitors of SGLT2, T-1095 and the compounds described in the Japanese patent publications numbers No.10-237089 and 2001-288178, and in international publications numbers WO01 / 16147, WO01 / 27128, WO01 / 68660, WO01 are illustrated. / 74834, WO01 / 74835, WO02 / 28872, WO02 / 36602, WO02 / 44192, WO02 / 53573, WO03 / 000712, WO03 / 020737 and the like. Inhibitors of SGLT2 are preferably used for diabetes, deficiency in glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, or "besity or hyperinsulinemia, and more preferably for deficiency in glucose tolerance, obesity or hyperinsulinemia due to the decrease in level of glucose in the blood by inhibiting the reabsorption of glucose in the proximal tubule of the kidneys.As insulin or insulin analogues, human insulin, insulin of animal origin, insulin analogues of human or animal origin are illustrated. or the like These preparations are preferably used for diabetes, deficiency in glucose tolerance, or diabetic complications, and more preferably for diabetes or glucose tolerance deficiency.As glucagon receptor antagonism, BAY is illustrated -27-9955, NNC-92-1687 or similar; as stimulant insulin receptor kinase is illustrated TER-17411, L-783281, KRX-613 or similar as inhibitors of tripeptidii peptidase II is illusive, UCL-1397 or the like; as inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, NVP-DPP728A, TSL-225, P-32/98 or the like are illustrated; as inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphaase 1B, PTP-112, OC-86839, PNU-177496 or the like are illustrated; as inhibitors of glycogen phosphorylase is illustrated, NN-4201, CP-368296 or the like; as inhibitors of fructose-biophosphatase, R-132917 or the like is used; as inhibitors of pyruvate dehydrogenase, AZD-7545 or the like is illustrated; as inhibitors of hepatic gluconeogenesis FR-225659 or the like is illustrated; as analogous to glucagon-like peptide 1, exendin-4, CJC-1131 or the like; as glucagon-like peptide 1 agonists, AZM-134, LY-315902 or the like is illustrated; and as amylin, amylin analogs or amylin agonisies, pramlinide acellium is simulated or the like. These drugs, glucose-phosphatase inhibitors, D-chiroinositol, inhibitors of glycogen synthase kinase 3 and glucagon-like peptide 1, are preferably used for diabetes, deficiency in glucose tolerance, diabetic complications or hyperinsulinemia, and more preferably for diabetes or deficiency in glucose tolerance. As inhibitors of aldose reductase, ascorbyl gamolenate, ileal, epalresfat, DNA-138, BAL-ARI8, ZD-5522, DNA-311, GP-1447, IDD-598, fidarestai, sorbinil, ponalresia, laughter, zenaresia, minalrestaí, mefosorbinil, AL-1567, imirestaí, M-16209, TAT, AD-5467, zopolresíaí, AS-3201, NZ-314, SG-210, JTT-811, Lindolrestaí or similar. The aldose reductase inhibitors are preferably used for diabetic complications, due to the inhibition of aldose reductase and to the reduction of excessive in-cell accumulation of sorbium in the accelerated polyol pathway, which are in a hyperglycemic continuous condition in the tissues in diabetic complications. As inhibitors of advanced glycation byproduction formation, pyridoxamine, OPB-9195, ALT-946, ALT-711, pimragedin hydrochloride or the like are illustrated. Advanced glycation byproduction inhibitors are preferably used for diabetic complications, due to the inhibition of advanced glycation byproduction, which is accelerated in the hyperglycemic continuous condition in diabetes, and by the decrease in cell damage. As inhibitors of protein kinase C, LY-333531, midostaurin or the like are illustrated. The inhibitors of profeína kinase C are preferably used for diabetic complications, due to the inhibition of the activity of proinin kinase C, which is accelerated in the hyperglycemic condition coninin in the diabei. As an anolygonase of the α-aminobutyric acid recepfor, iliopiramate or the like is illusive; as an aniongonists of the sodium channel, mexiletine hydrochloride, oxcarbazepine or the like are illusrated; as inhibitors of the transcription facfor NF-? B, dexlipoiam or the like is illusive; as lipid peroxidase inhibitors, syringy mesylate or the like is illustrated; as inhibitors of N-acetylated a-linked dipepidase acid, GPI-5693 or the like are illustrated and as carnitine derivatives, illusory, carniin, levacecarinine hydrochloride, levocarnitine chloride, levocarnitine, ST-261 or the like. These drugs, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, analogues of platelet-derived growth factor, epidermal growth factor, nerve growth factor, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methylhydanizine, EGB- 761, bimoclomol, sulodexide and Y-128, are preferably used for diabetic complications. As antidiarrheal or cathartic, polycarbophil calcium, albumin albumin, bismuth sub-vinyl or the like are illusions. These drugs are preferably used for diarrhea, constipation or the like that accompany diabetes or similar. as inhibitors of hydroxymethylglularic coenzyme reductase A, sodium cerivastaphine, pravastaine sodium, lovastaine, simvasiaine, fluvastaine sodium, calcium hydraedic atorvasyatin, SC-45355, SQ-33600, CP-83101, BB-476, L-669262, S-2468 are illustrated , DMP-565, U-20685, BAY-x-2678, BAY-10-2987, Calcium pinavastatin, Calcium rosuvastatin, cholesiolone, dalvasyatin, acyamium, mevasiaine, crilvastatin, BMS-180431, BMY-21950, glenvasfaina, carvasyatin, BMY -22089, bervastatin or similar. Coenzyme A hydroxymethylglutaryl reductase inhibitors are preferably used for hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolaemia, hypeririglyceridemia, lipid metabolism disorders or arteriosclerosis, and more preferably for hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia or atherosclerosis due to the decrease in cholesterol in the blood mediated by inhibition of coenzyme Reducesa A hydroxymethylglutaryl. As fibrates, bezafibrate, beclobrate, binifibrate, ciprofibre, clinofibrafo, clofibrate, aluminum clofibrate, clofibric acid, etofibrazo, fenofibrate, gemfibrozil, nicofibrate, pirifibraio, ronifibrate, simfibrate, iofibra, AHL-157 or the like are illustrated. The fibers are preferably used for hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, lipid metabolism disorder or aerosol, and more preferably for hyperlipidemia, hypertriglyceridemia or atherosclerosis due to the activation of hepatic lipoproiein lipase and the improvement of oxidation of the liver. fatty acids, which leads to decreased levels of glycerides in the blood. As agonisies of the β3-adrenocepitor, BRL-28410, SR-58611A, ICI-198157, ZD-2079, BMS-194449, BRL-37344, CP-331679, CP-114271, L-750355, BMS-187413, SR- are illustrated. 59062A, BMS-210285, LY-377604, SWR-0342SA, AZ-40140, SB-226552, D-7114, BRL-35135, FR-149175, BRL-26830A, CL-316243, AJ-9677, GW-427353, N-5984, GW-2696, YM178 or similar. The β3-adrenoceptor agonists are preferably used for obesity, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia or lipid metabolism transitions, and more preferably for obesity or hyperinsulinemia due to adimmune adrenoceptor stimulation in adipose tissue, and improvement in the oxidation of fatty acids, which leads to the induction of energy expenditure. As inhibitors of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, NTE-122, MCC-147, PD-132301-2, DUP-129, U-73482, U-76807, RP-70676, P-06139, CP-1 are illustrated. 3818, RP-73163, FR-129169, FY-038, EAB-309, KY-455, LS-3115, FR-145237, T-2591, J-104127, R-755, FCE-28654, YIC-C8- 434, avasimibe, CI-976, RP-644JJ, F-1394, eldacimibe, CS-505, CL-283546, YM-17E, lecimibide, 447C88, YM-750, E-5324, KW-3033, HL-004, eflucimibe or similar. Inhibitors of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase are preferably used for hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypeririglyceridemia or disorders in lipid metabolism, and more preferably for hyperlipidemia or hypercholesterolemia due to the decrease in blood cholesterol level by inhibiting acyl -coenzyme A cholesterol acyl transferase. As agonists of the thyroid hormone receptor, lyoironone sodium, levothyroxine sodium, KB-2611 or the like are illustrated; inhibitors of cholespherol absorption are illusive, ezetimibe, SCH-48461 or the like; as lipase inhibitors are illustrated, orlistai, ATL-962, AZM-131, RED-103004 or the like; as inhibitors of carniína palmiioilíransferasa illusíra, etomoxir or similar; as squalene synthase inhibitors are illustrated, SDZ-268-198, BMS-188494, A-87049, RPR-101821, ZD-9720, RPR-107393, ER-27856, TAK-475 or the like; as nicotinic acid derivatives, nicoinic acid, nicoininamide, nicomol, niceritrol, acipimox, nicorandil or the like are illustrated; as sequestrants of bile acid is illusive, cholesphiramine, cholesylan, colesevelam hydrochloride, GT-102-279 or the like; as inhibitors of sodium / bile acid cotransporizer is illusive, 264W94, S-8921, SD-5613 or the like; and as inhibitors of cholesterol ester transfer proiein, PNU-107368E, SC-795, JTT-705, CP-529414 or the like are illustrated. Drug esters, probcol, microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitors, lipoxygenase inhibitors, and low density lipoprotein receptor enhancers are preferably used for hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, or lipid metabolism frases. As suppressors of addiction, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, serotonin reuptake inhibitors, serophonin release stimulants, seroïonin agonisies (especially 5HT2C agonisies), norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, noradrenaline release stimulants, adrenoreceptor agonis β2-adrenoreceptor agonists, dopamine agonists, cannabinoid receptor antagonists, α-aminobutyric acid receptor antagonists, H3-Hisphamine antagonisms, L-histidine, leptin, leptin analogues, leptin receptor agonies, melanocorfin receptor agonists (especially, MC3-R agonis, MC4-R agonists), a-melanocyte stimulating hormone, cocaine and amfeiamine-regulated transcript, prolein mahogany, enterosatin agonis, calcitonin, calcitonin-related peptide, bombesin, agonist of cholecystokinin (especially agonists of CCK- A), corticotropin-releasing hormone, corticosteroid-releasing hormone analogs, choricotropin-releasing hormone agonis, urocorine, somaiosiaine, somaiosphalin analogues, somaiostaine receptor agonis, pituitary adenylyl cyclase-enhancing peptide, brain-derived neurotrophic factor , ciliary neurotrophic factor, thyrotropin-releasing hormone, neurotensin, sauvagina, neuropeptide Y antagonists, opioid peptide antagonisms, galanin antagonisms, melanin-concentrating hormone antagonisms, agouii-related protein inhibitors, and orexin receptor anolygonias. Concretely, as inhibitors of monoamine reabsorption, mazindol or the like is illusive; As serophonin reuptake inhibitors, dexfenfluramine hydrochloride, fenfluramine, sibutramine hydrochloride, fluvoxamine maleate, sertraline hydrochloride, or the like are illustrated; as serotonin agonists, inofripiene, (+) - norfenfluramine or the like are illustrated; as inhibitors of noradrenaline reuptake, bupropion, GW-320659 or the like are illusive; as mimiculans of noradrenaline release, rolipram, YM-992 or the like are illustrated; as agonisies of the ß2 adrenoreceptor, illifera amfeiamine, dexamosamphetamine, fenermine, benzfeiamine, memiamphetamine, phendimeizamine, fenmeyrazine, diethylpropion, phenylpropanolamine, clobenzorex or the like; ER-230, doprexin, bromocriptine mesylate or the like are illustrated as dopamine agonists; as aniagonists of the cannabinoid receptacle, rimonabaní or similar illusions; as α-aminobutyric acid receptor antagonists, the invention is illustrated or the like; as H 3 -histiamine antagonists, GT-2394 or the like will be produced; As leptin, lepina analogs or leptin receptor agonisfas, LY-355101 or the like is illustrated; as cholecystokinin agonists (especially agonists of CCK-A), illustrated are SR-146131, SSR-125180, BP-3200, A-71623, FPL-15849, GI-248573, GW-7178, GI-81771, GW-7854 , A-71378 or the like; and as antagonists of neuropeptide Y, SR-120819-A, PD-160170, NGD-95-1, BIBP-3226, 1229-U-91, CGP-71683, BIBO-3304, CP-671906-01, J are illustrated. -115814 or similar. Apex suppressants are preferably used for diabetes, deficiency in glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, obesity, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, lipid metabolism disorders, arteriosclerosis, hyperintense, congestive heart failure, edema, hyperuricemia or gout. , and more preferably for obesity, due to the stimulation or inhibition of the activities of the intracerebral monoamines or of the bioactive peptides in the central regulatory system of the appetite and to the suppression of the apex, which leads to a reduction of the energy intake.

As inhibitors of angioinensin converting enzyme, illusion, capíopril, enalapril maleate, alacepril, delapril hydrochloride, ramipril, lisinoprii, imidapril hydrochloride, benazepril hydrochloride, ceronapril monohydrate, cilazapril, fosinopril sodium, perindopril erbumine, calcium moveltipril, hydrochloride of quinapril, spirapril hydrochloride, temocapril hydrochloride, trandolapril, zofenopril calcium, moexipril hydrochloride, rentiapril or the like. Inhibitors of angiogenesis-converting enzyme are preferably used for diabetic complications or hypertension. As inhibitors of neutral endopeptidase, omapatrilai, MDL-100240, fasidoiril, sampairilai, GW-660511X, mixanpril, SA-7060, E-4030, SLV-306, ecadoryl or the like are illustrated. Inhibitors of neutrophil endopepidase are preferably used for diabetic complications or hyperintense. As angiogonists of receptor II of angiogenesis, it is believed that cilexetil, candesartan cilexetil / hydrochlorohylazide, potassium losartan, eprosartan mesilate, valsaran, idiosamine, irbesarian, EXP-3174, L-158809, EXP-3312, olmesartan, iasosartan, KT-3- 671, GA-0113, RU-64276, EMD-90423, BR-9701 or the like. Inhibitors of angiogenesis receptor II are preferably used for diabetic complications or hyperintense. As inhibitors of endothelin-converting enzyme, CGS-31447, CGS-35066, SM-19712 or the like are illustrated; antagonists of the endothelin receptor are illustrated L-749805, TBC-3214, BMS-182874, BQ-610, TA-0201, SB-215355, PD-180988, sodium x-ray, BMS-193884, darusen, TBC-3711, bosenian , Fezosentan sodium, J-104132, YM-598, S-0139, SB-234551, RPR-118031A, ATZ-1993, RO-61-1790, ABT-546, enlasenan, BMS-207940 or the like. These drugs are preferably used for diabetic complications or hypertension, and more preferably for hypertension. As diuretic agents, it is illustrated, chlorthalidone, metolazone, cyclopeniazide, trichloromethiazide, hydrochlorothiazide, hydroflumeiazide, benzylhydrochloroiazide, penfluizide, meicotiazide, indapamide, iripamide, mefruside, azosemide, eiacrine, pyraseid, furosemide, bumetanide, meticrane, potassium canrenoane, spironolactone, iriamterene, aminophillin, cyclintanin hydrochloride, LLU-a, PNU-80873A, isosorbide, D-manniol, D-sorbiol, frucyose, glycerin, acezozolamide, meiazolamide, FR-179544, OPC-31260, lixivapian, conivapian hydrochloride Similar. Diuretic drugs are preferably used for diabetic complications, hypertension, congestive heart failure or edema, and more preferably for hypertension, congestive heart failure or edema, due to the reduction of blood pressure or the improvement of edema by increasing urinary excretion. . As calcium antagonists, aranidipine, efonidipine hydrochloride, nicardipine hydrochloride, barnidipine hydrochloride, benidipine hydrochloride, manidipine hydrochloride, cilnidipine, nisoldipine, nitrendipine, nifedipine, nilvadipine, felodipine, amlodipine besylate, pranidipine, lercanidipine hydrochloride are illustrated , isradipine, eldipidine, azelidipine, lacidipine, vatanidipine hydrochloride, lemildipine, diliiazem hydrochloride, clentiazem maleafo, verapamil hydrochloride, S-verapamil, fasudil hydrochloride, bepridil hydrochloride, gallopamil hydrochloride or the like; as vasodilatory anihypertensive agents are illustrated ndapamide, todralazine hydrochloride, hydralazine hydrochloride, cadralazine, budralazine or the like; as sympathetic blocking agents, amosulalol hydrochloride, terazosin hydrochloride, bunazosin hydrochloride, prazosin hydrochloride, doxazosin mesylate, propranolol hydrochloride, alenolol, meioprolol tariramide, carvedilol, nipradilol, celiprolol hydrochloride, nebivolol, bexiaxolol hydrochloride, pindolol, tertatolol hydrochloride, bevantolol hydrochloride, timolol maleate, carteolol hydrochloride, bisoprolol hemifumarate, bopindolol malonate, nipradilol, penbutolol sulfate, acebutolol hydrochloride, tilisolol hydrochloride, nadolol, urapidil, indoramin or similar; as centrally acting antihypertensive agencies, reserpine or similar is illusory; and as agonisies of adrenorecepfor a2, clonidine hydrochloride, meildopa, CHF-1035, guanabenz acetamide, guanfacine hydrochloride, moxonidine, lofexidine, talipexole hydrochloride or the like are illustrated. These drugs are preferably used for hypertension. As antiplatelet agents, there is illustrated cyclopidine hydrochloride, dipyridamole, cilosiazol, icosapentaium of eyelid, hydrochloride of sarpogrelafo, hydrochloride of dilazep, trapidil, beraprosi sodium, aspirin or the like. Antiplatelet agents are preferably used for arteriosclerosis or congestive heart failure. As inhibitors of uric acid synthesis, allopurinol, oxipurinol or the like are illustrated; as uricosuric agents, benzbromarone, probenecid or the like is illusive; and as urinary alkalinisers, hydrogenated sodium carbonate, citraium potassium, sodium citraium or the like are illustrated. These drugs are preferably used for hyperuricemia or gout. In the case of uses in combination with a compound of the present invention, for example, in use for diabetes, the combination with at least one member of the group consisting of a glucose absorption inhibitor, a biguanide, an enhancer of insulin secretion, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or insulin analogue, a glucagon receptor antagonist, a stimulant insulin receptor kinase, an inhibitor of ipepeptidyl pepidase II, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine inhibitor phosphatase 1B, an inhibitor of glycogen phosphorylase, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, peptide 1 similar to glucagon, a glucagon-like peptide-1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin, an amylin analogue, an agonist amylin, and an appetite suppressor is preferable; the combination with at least one member of the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or insulin analog, a glucagon receptor antagonism, a stimulant insulin receptor kinase, an inhibitor ofipepideid pepidase II, an inhibitor of dipepidyl pepfidase IV, a protein inhibitor tyrosine phosphatase 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor , a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide-1, a glucagon-like peptide-1 analogue, an agonist of Glucagon-like peptide 1, amylin, an amylin analogue and an amylin agonist, is more preferable; and the combination with at least one member of the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor and an insulin or insulin analog, It is much more preferable. Similarly, in the use for diabetic complications, the combination with at least one member consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor , an insulin or insulin analogue, an anonymism of the glucagon receptor, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripepidyl peptidase II inhibitor, a dipeptidyl pepidase IV inhibitor, a protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitor 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor , a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, an inhibitor of hepatic gluconeogenesis, D-chiroinositol, inhibitors of glycogen synase kinase 3, glucagon-like peptide-1, a glucagon-like peptide-1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an inhibitor of aldose reductase, an inhibitor of advanced glycation by-product formation, a proinin kinase C inhibitor, an? -aminobuiric acid receptor antagonist, an antagonism of the sodium channel, an inhibitor of the transcription factor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-linked dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, a platelet-derived growth factor analog, epidermal growth factor, growth factor nervous, a derivative of carnitine, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldanioin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, an inhibitor of angiotensin-converting enzyme, an neutral endopepidase, an antagonism of the angiotensin II receptor, an inhibitor of endothelin-converting enzyme, an endothelin receptor antagonist, and a diuretic agent is preferable; and the combination with at least one member of the group consisting of an aldose reductase inhibitor, an angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitor, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor and an antagonist of the angioinensin II receptor is more preferable. Additionally, in use for obesity, the combination with at least one member of the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor. , an insulin or insulin analogue, a glucagon receptor antagonism, an insulin receptor mimic kinase, a tripepidyl peptidase II inhibitor, a dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitor, a protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B inhibitor, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor , a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide-1, an analogue of Glucagon-like peptide 1, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonisia, an agony ß3 adrenoceptor, and an appetite suppressant, is preferable; and the combination with at least one member of the group consisting of a glucose uptake inhibitor, an SGLT2 inhibitor, a β3 adrenoceptor agonist, and an appetite suppressor, is more preferable. When the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are used in the treatment in practice, various dosage forms are used depending on their uses. As examples of the dosage forms, powders, granules, fine granules, dry syrups, tablets, capsules, injections, solutions, ointments, suppositories, calyplasms and the like, which are administered orally or parenterally, are illustrated. The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention also include formulations for prolonged release, including gastric-mucosal mucoadhesive formulation (for example, international publications numbers WO99 / 10010, WO99 / 26606, and Japanese patent publication number 2001-2567). Such pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared by mixing with, or diluting and dissolving with an appropriate pharmaceutical additive, such as excipients, disintegrants, binders, lubricants, diluents, pH regulators, isohonicities, anisophobes, wetting agents, emulsifiers, dispersing agents, stabilizing agents, auxiliary solvents and the like, and formulating the mixture according to conventional methods. In the case of uses of the compound of the present invention in combination with another drug (s), they can be prepared by formulating each active ingredient June or individually in a manner similar to that defined above. When the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are used in the practical treatment, the dose of a compound represented by the general formula (I) above, a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use or a prodrug thereof as the active ingredient, is appropriately decided depending on the age, sex, body weight and degree of symptoms and temperature of each patient, which is approximately in the range from 0.1 to 1,000 mg per day per human adulte in the case of oral administration, and approximately in the range from 0.01 had 300 mg per day per adult human in the case of parenteral administration, and the daily dose can be divided into one hasfa several doses per day and administered appropriately. Also, in the case of the uses of the compound of the present invention in combination with another drug (s), the dose of the compound of the present invention can be decreased, depending on the dose of the drug or the drugs.

EXAMPLES REFERENCE EXAMPLE 1 2-AMINO-2-METHYLPROPIONAMIDE To a solution of 2-benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-methylpropionic acid (1 g) in A /,? / - dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.63 g), hydrochloride of 1-eyl-3- (3- dimethyl-aminopropyl) carbodiimide (1.21 g), triethylamine (1.76 mL) and 28% aqueous ammonia solution (2 mL), and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with 0.5 mol / L hydrochloric acid, water, 1 mol / L aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, water and brine successively, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 2-benzyloxycarbonylamino-2-methylepropionamide (0.26 g). This material was dissolved in methanol (5 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (30 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 3 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the base compound (0.11 g). NMR with 1H (DMSO-d6) d ppm: 1.15 (6H, s), 1.9 (2H, brs), 6.83 (1H, brs), 7.26 (1H, brs) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 2 4-BROMO -1H- -INDAZOL- -3-OL To a mixture of 2-bromo-6-nitrooluene (8 g), sodium carbonate (18.1 g) and water (500 mL) was added potassium permanganate (23.4 g), and the mixture was heated by reflux overnight . The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was washed with diethyl ether. The aqueous layer was acidified by the addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (three times). The extra was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and the solveny was removed under reduced pressure to give 2-bromo-6-nifrobenzoic acid (2.78 g). Tin (II) chloride dihydrate (9.18 g) was dissolved in concentrated hydrochloric acid (30 mL). 2-Bromo-6-nitrobenzoic acid (2.78 g) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 1.5 hours. The insoluble material was collected by filtration, washed with 2 mol / L hydrochloric acid and dried under reduced pressure, the obtained chryffal (2.05 g) was suspended in concentrated hydrochloric acid (35 mL). A solution of sodium nitrate (0.79 g) in water (6 mL) was added to the suspension under cooling with ice, and the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes. A solution of tin (II) chloride dihydrate (5.78 g) in concentrated hydrochloric acid (10 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was then stirred at 80 ° C for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. The crystals were washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give the base compound (1.27 g). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 7.18 (1H, dd, J = 6.3Hz, 1.8Hz), 7.2-7.3 (2H, m) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 3 4-BROMO-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOIL-B-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -1H-INDAZOLE A mixture of 4-bromo-1H-indazol-3-ol (1.27 g), carbonafo de poíasio (1.65 g) and bromide of 2,3,4,6-íetra-O-pivaloil-aD-glucopyranosyl (which is it can be prepared in the manner described in the guide, for example, Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1982, pp. 41-48; J. Org. Chem. 1996, vol 61, pp. 9541-9545) (4.15 g) in acetylilyl (20 mL), was stirred at ambient temperature during the night. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extrac was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenie: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 5/1 -2/1) to give the base compound (2.04 g). NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.09 (9H, s), 1.14 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.19 (9H, s), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.1-4.2 ( 1H, m), 4.2-4.3 (1H, m), 5.25-5.35 (1H, m), 5.4-5.5 (2H, m), 5.88 (1H, d, J = 7.6Hz), 7.1-7.2 (1H, m), 7.2-7.3 (2H, m), 8.97 (1H, s) EXAMPLE 1 4-r (E) -2-FENLLVINIL1-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOYL-D-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLXIMH-INDAZOL A mixture of 4-bromo-3- (2,3,4,6-teira-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1fY-indazole (75 mg), styrene (33 mg), eryrylamine (0.073 mL) , acetyl of palladium (II) (2 mg) and iris (2-methylphenyl) phosphine (6 mg) in acetonitrile (2 mL), was heated by reflux under an argon atmosphere overnight. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1 - 2/1) to give the base compound (50 mg). NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 0.98 (9H, s), 1.16 (9H, s), 1.18 (9H, s), 1.19 (9H, s), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.16 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 5.7Hz), 4.24 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 1.9Hz), 5.25-5.35 (1H, m), 5.45-5.6 (2H, m), 5.96 (1H, d, J = 8.1Hz), 7.18 (1H, d, J = 8.4Hz), 7.2-7.4 (3H, m), 7.4-7.5 (3H, m), 7. 67 (2H, d, J = 7.7Hz), 7.78 (1H, d, J = 16.4Hz), 8.89 (1H, s) EXAMPLE 2 3- (2,3,4 6-TETRA-0-PIVALOYL-β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLON-4-r (E) -2- (PYRIDIN-4-IL) VINIL1-1-IFDA-INDAZOL The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 1 using 4-vinylpyridine instead of styrene. NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 0.97 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.18 (9H, s), 1.19 (9H, s), 4.0-4.05 (1H, m), 4.16 (1H, dd, J = 12.7Hz, 5.4Hz), 4.25 (1H, dd, J = 12.7Hz, 1.8Hz), 5.25-5.35 (1H, m), 5.45-5.6 (2H, m), 5.96 (1H, d, J = 8.1Hz), 7.15 (1H, d, J = 16.4Hz), 7.26 (1H, d, J = 7.7Hz), 7.38 (1H, t, J = 7.7Hz), 7.45-7.6 (3H, m) , 7.98 (1H, d, J = 16.4Hz), 8.6-8.7 (2H, m), 8.97 (1H, s) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 4 4-ETINYL-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOYL-ß-D-GLUCO-PIRAN OSILOXD-1 HL N PAZO LA a solution of 4-bromo-3- (2,3 , 4,6-teira-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (0.5 g) in triethylamine (5 mL) was added with trimethylsilylacetylene (0.2 mL), styrene (methylated), palladium (0) (81 mg) and copper (I) iodide (27 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C under an argon atmosphere overnight.The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with diethyl ether. Insoluble material was removed by filtration, the filtrate was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n -hexane / acetyl ether = 4/1 - 3/1 - 2/1) to give 4- (2-trimethylsilylane) -3- (2,3,4,6-yyra-0-pivaloyl-β- D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (0.4 g). in íetrahidrofurano (5 mL). it was added to the fluoride solution tefra (/ 7 -butyl) ammonium (0.15 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 mol / L hydrochloric acid, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1 - 1/1) to give the base compound (0.33 g). NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.08 (9H, s), 1.14 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.2 (9H, s), 3.37 (1H, s), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.17 (1H, dd, J = 12.4Hz, 5.2Hz), 4.26 (1H, dd, J = 12.4Hz, 1.7Hz), 5.25-5.35 (1H , m), 5.4-5.5 (2H, m), 5.84 (1H, d, J = 8.0Hz), 7.23 (1H, dd, J = 4.7Hz, 3.0Hz), 7.25-7.35 (2H, m), 9.0 (1H, s) EXAMPLE 3 4-r2- (4-HYDROXY-3-METHYLPHENYL) ETINYL1-3- (2.3.4.6-TETRA-0-PIVALOYL-β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1H-INDAZOLE To a solution of 4-einyl-3- (2,3,4,6-teira-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1 H-indazole (66 mg) in eryrylamine (1 mL) was added 4 -iodo-2-meitylphenol (25 mg), tefracis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (12 mg) and copper (I) iodide (4 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C under an argon atmosphere for the night. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n -hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1 - 2/1 - 1/1) to give the base compound (47 mg). NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.02 (9H, s), 1.14 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 2.32 (3H, s), 3.9-4.0 (1H, m), 4.12 (1H, dd, J = 12.3 Hz, 5.7Hz), 4.22 (1H, dd, J = 12.3Hz, 1.9Hz), 4.84 (1H, s), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.35-5.5 (2H, m), 6.05 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.8 (1H, d, J = 8.3Hz), 7.2-7.35 (3H, m), 7.4 (1H, dd, J = 8.3Hz, 1.9Hz), 7.51 (1H, d, J = 1.9Hz), 8.97 (1H, s) EXAMPLE 4 3- (β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -4- (2-PHENYLTHYL) -1H-INDAZOLE To a solution of 4 - [(E) -2-phenylvinyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1 H-indazole (50 mg) in teirahydrofuran (4 mL) was added 10% palladium-carbon powder (25 mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 5 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 4- (2-phenylethyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-yl-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) - 1H-indazole (50 mg). That maferial was dissolved in meianol (4 mL). Sodium methoxide (solution in 28% methanol, 0.065 mL) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C overnight. Acetic acid (0.04 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / methanol = 5/1) to give the base compound (21 mg) . NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.9-3.1 (2H, m), 3.1-3.65 (6H, m), 3.71 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 5.5Hz), 3.89 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 2.2Hz), 5.66 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J = 6.9Hz), 7.1-7.3 (7H, m) EXAMPLE 5 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPI RANOS LOXI) -4-r2- (4-HYDROXY-3-METHYLPHENID-ETHYLH-INDAZOL The base compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 4 using 4- [2- (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) ethynyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl) β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1f-indazole in place of 4 - [(E) -2-phenylvinyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-yl-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyl- siloxy) -1r / -indazole. NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.16 (3H, s), 2.75-2.95 (2H, m), 3.05-3.2 (1H, m), 3.25-3.65 (5H, m), 3.72 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 5.5Hz), 3.89 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 2.1Hz), 5.65 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.64 (1H, d, J = 8.1Hz), 6.76 (1H , d, J = 6.5Hz), 6.89 (1H, dd, J = 8.1Hz, 1.7Hz), 6.98 (1H, d, J = 1.7Hz), 7.1-7.25 (2H, m) EXAMPLE 6 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- (PYRIDIN-4-IL) ETIL1- 1 H- INDAZOL To a solution of 3- (2,3,4,6-Fefra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyloxy) -4 - [(E) -2- (pyridin-4-yl) vinyl] -1r / - indazole (0.13 g) in tetrahydrofuran (6 mL) was added 10% palladium-carbon powder (26 mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 2 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (pyridine- 4-yl) ethyl] -1H-indazole (0.13 g). This material was dissolved in methanol (6 mL). Sodium methoxide (solution in 28% methanol, 0.12 mL) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C overnight. Acetic acid (0.05 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / mefanol = 5/1 with 3% erytylamine) to give the mixture base (70 mg). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 3.0-3.15 (2H, m), 3.2-3.35 (1H, m), 3.35-3.6 (5H, m), 3.71 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 5.2Hz) , 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 1.9Hz), 5.64 (1H, d, J = 7.2Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J = 6.8Hz), 7.15-7.25 (2H, m), 7.3 -7.4 (2H, m), 8.35-8.4 (2H, m) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 5 4- (4-BROMOFENIL) -2-BUTANONE To a suspension of 4-bromoaniline (1.8 g) in concentrated hydrochloric acid (4.5 mL) was added a solution of sodium nitrite (0.76 g) in water (1.68 mL) under ice-cooling, and the mixture was stirred to dryness. Same temperaure for 1 hour to give diazonium salt. To a solution of 10% lithium chloride (III) in hydrochloric acid (20-30%) (25 mL) was added dropwise N, N-dimethylformamide (23 mL) for 30 minutes with bubbling of nitrogen gas under cooling with ice. Methyl vinyl ketone (1.28 mL) was added to the mixture. Then the above mixture containing diazonium salt was added to the reaction mixture under cooling with ice, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extrude was washed with 3% aqueous sodium carbonate solution, water and brine successively, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenie: n-hexane / ethyl ether = 5/1) to give the base compound (1.27 g). NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 2.13 (3H, s), 2.7-2.8 (2H, m), 2.8-2.9 (2H, m), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 7.35-7.45 (2H, m ) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 6 2-BROMINE-3-METOXYCARBONYL-4- (2-PHENYLETHYL) PYRIDINE A mixture of 4-phenyl-2-butanone (1 g), meilyyl cyanoacety (0.77 g), acetic acid (0.29 mL), ammonium acetylate (0.11 g) and toluene (10 mL) was heated under reflux during the night eliminating the generated water. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1) to give 2-cyano-3-methyl-5-phenyl- 2-pentenal of meyilo (1.35 g). Methylene (10 mL) and α / γ / γ-dimethylformamide (0.95 mL) were added to the material, and the mixture was heated under reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Acetic acid (8 mL) and a solution of 30% hydrobromic acid in acetic acid (5.9 g) were added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed twice with water, a saturated aqueous solution of hydrogenated sodium carbonate twice, water and brine successively, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 6/1) to give the base compound (1.7 g). NMR with 1H (CDCl3) d ppm: 2.85-2.95 (4H, m), 3.97 (3H, s), 7.03 (1H, d, J = 5.0Hz), 7.1-7.15 (2H, m), 7.2-7.35 ( 3H, m), 8.26 (1H, d, J = 5.0Hz) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 7 2-BROMINE-4-r2- (4-HYDROXYPENYL) ETIL1-3-METOXICARBONLL-PYRIDINE The base compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in reference example 6 using 4- (4-hydroxy-phenyl) - 2-butanone instead of 4-phenyl-2-butanone. NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 2.8-2.9 (4H, m), 3.97 (3H, s), 4.75 (1H, s), 6.7-6.8 (2H, m), 6.95-7.05 (3H, m), 8.25 (1H, d, J = 5.0Hz) EXAMPLE OF REFERENCE 8 2-BROMINE-4-r2- (4-BROMOFENIL) ETIL1-3-METOXICARBONIL- PYRIDINE The base compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in reference example 6 using 4- (4-bromophenyl) -2-buyenone in place of 4-phenyl-2-butanone. NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 2.8-2.9 (4H, m), 3.96 (3H, s), 6.95-7.05 (3H, m), 7.35-7.45 (2H, m), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 5.1Hz) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 9 4- (2-FENILETIL) -1H-PIRAZOL? R3.4-B1PIRIDIN-3-OL A mixture of 2-bromo-3-methoxycarbonyl-4- (2-phenylethyl) pyridine (1.42 g), hydrazine monohydrate (0.65 mL) and N-mephylpyrrolidone (10 mL) was agitated at 100 ° C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give the base compound (0.74 g). NMR with 1H (DMSO-d6) d ppm: 2.9-3.0 (2H, m), 3.15-3.25 (2H, m), 6.81 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 7.15-7.35 (5H, m), 8.25 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 10 4-r2- (4-BROMOFENIL) ETILMH-PIRAZOL? R3,4-B1PIRIPIN-3-OL The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in reference example 9 using 2-bromo-4- [2- (4-bromophenyl) ethyl] -3-methoxycarbonylpyridine in place of 2-bromo-3-methoxycarbonyl-4 - (2-phenylethyl) pyridine. NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.95-3.05 (2H, m), 3.25-3.4 (2H, m), 6.78 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 7.1-7.2 (2H, m), 7.35-7.45 (2H, m), 8.23 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 11 4-r2- (4-HYPROXYPENYL) ETIL1-1H-PIRAZOL? R3,4-B1PlRlDIN-3-OL The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Reference Example 9 using 2-bromo-4- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -yryl] -3-meloxycarbonylpyridine in place of 2-bromo-3-meioxycarbonyl-4 - (2-phenyletyl) pyridine. NMR with 1H (DMSO-d6) d ppm: 2.8-2.9 (2H, m), 3.1-3.2 (2H, m), 6.6-6.7 (2H, m), 6.79 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 6.95-7.05 (2H, m), 8.24 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 9.12 (1H, s) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 12 4-l "2- (4-BENCILOXY FENIL) ETILT-1 H-PIRAZOL? R3.4-51PIRI DIN- 3-OL To a solution of 2-bromo-4- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl] -3-methoxycarbonylpyridine (1 g) in? /,? -dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added potassium carbonate (0.49 g) and Benzyl bromide (0.37 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water twice and with brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. To the residue was added N-methylpyrrolidone (10 mL) and hydrazine monohydrate (0.38 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. The crystals were washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give the base compound (0.71 g). NMR with 1H (DMSO-d6) d ppm: 2.85-2.95 (2H, m), 3.1-3.25 (2H, m), 5.06 (2H, s), 6.8 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 6.85- 6.95 (2H, m), 7.1-7.2 (2H, m), 7.25-7.35 (1H, m), 7.35-7.5 (4H, m), 8.25 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 13 4 -í2-r4- (3-BENCILOXIPROPOXnFENIL1ETIL? -1H-PIRAZOL? r3.4- 81PIRIDIN-3-OL The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in reference example 12 using benzyl 3-bromopropyl ether instead of benzyl bromide. NMR with 1H (DMSO-d6) d ppm: 1.9-2.0 (2H, m), 2.85-2.95 (2H, m), 3.1-3.2 (2H, m), 3.58 (2H, t, J = 6.3Hz), 4.0 (2H, t, J = 6.5Hz), 4.48 (2H, s), 6.75-6.85 (3H, m), 7.1-7.2 (2H, m), 7.25-7.4 (5H, m), 8.25 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz) EXAMPLE 7 4- (2-PHENYLTHYL) -3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOYL-β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -1H-PRAYZOL? R3.4-glPiRIDINE A mixture of 4- (2-phenylethyl) -1-y-pyrazoium [3,4-? B] pyridin-3-ol (0.59 g), potassium carbonate (0.68 g), bromide of 2,3,4, 6-tera-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyl (1.71 g) and acetyoniiryl (10 mL) was stirred at 50 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was exslured with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water twice and with brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1 - 1/1) to give the base compound (0.22 g). NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.04 (9H, s), 1.13 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.18 (9H, s), 2.95- 3.1 (2H, m), 3.15-3.25 ( 1H, m), 3.25-3.35 (1H, m), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.14 (1H, dd, J = 12.4Hz, 5.2Hz), 4.22 (1H, dd, J = 12.4Hz, 2.0 Hz), 5.2- 5.3 (1H, m), 5.4-5.55 (2H, m), 6.05 (1H, d, J = 8.3Hz), 6.71 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 7.15-7.35 (5H, m), 8.31 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 10.07 (1H, brs) EXAMPLE 8 4-r2- (4-BENZYLOXYPENYL) ETHYL-3- (2.3.4.6-TETRA-0-PIVALOYL-β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1H-PIRAZOLE r3.4-GTPIRIDINE The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 7 using 4- [2- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-jb] pyridin-3-ol instead of 4- ( 2-phenylethyl) -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-jD] pyridin-3-ol. NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.04 (9H, s), 1.13 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.1-3.3 ( 2H, m), 3.95-4.0 (1H, m), 4.13 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 5.2Hz), 4.22 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 1.7Hz), 5.05 (2H, s) , 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.4-5.55 (2H, m), 6.04 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.7 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 6.85-6.95 (2H, m ), 7.05-7.15 (2H, m), 7.25-7.5 (5H, m), 8.3 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 9.59 (1H, brs) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 14 4- (2-r4- (3-BENCILOXIPROPOXI) PHENYLLETHYL) -3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-O-PIVALOYL-ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1H-PIRAZOL? R3.4- blPlRlDIN The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 7 using 4-. { 2- [4- (3-benzyloxy-propoxy) phenyl] elyl} -1 - / - pyrazolo [3,4-Jb] pyridin-3-ol instead of 4- (2-phenylethyl) -1H-pyrazolo [3,4- £ > ] pyridine ~ 3-ol. 1 H NMR (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.04 (9H, s), 1.13 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 2.05- 2.15 (2H, m), 2.85-3.05 ( 2H, m), 3.1-3.3 (2H, m), 3.67 (2H, í, J = 6.1Hz), 3.95-4.0 (1H, m), 4.06 (2H, í, J = 6.3Hz), 4.13 (1H , dd, J = 12.4Hz, 4.8Hz), 4.22 (1H, dd, J = 12.4Hz, 1.9Hz), 4.53 (2H, s), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.4-5.55 (2H, m ), 6.04 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.7 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 6.75-6.85 (2H, m), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 7.25-7.35 (5H, m), 8.29 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 9.6 (1H, s) EXAMPLE 9 4-r2- (4-BROMOFENIL? ETILT-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOlL-B-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLON-1H-PIRAZOL? R3,4-felPlRIDINE The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 7 using 4- [2- (4-bromophenyl) ethyl] -17-pyrrazolo [3,4-α] pyridin-3-ol instead of 4- (2-phenylethyl) -1H-pyrazolo [3,4- £ > ] pyridin-3-ol.

NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1. 05 (9H, s), 1.08 (9H, s), 1.16 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 2.9- 3.1 (2H, m), 3.1-3.25 (1H, m), 3.25-3.4 ( 1H, m), 4.05-4.2 (2H, m), 4.2-4.3 (1H, m), 5.2-5.4 (2H, m), 5.5-5.6 (1H, m), 6.13 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.85 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 7.1-7.2 (2H, m), 7.35-7.45 (2H, m), 8. 28 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) EXAMPLE 10 4-r2- (4-HYDROXYPENYL) ETIL1-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOYL-β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -1H-PIRAZOL? R3.4-B1 PYRIDINE 4- [2- (4-Hydroxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-D] pyridin-3-ol (3.48 g) was stirred at 100 ° C until dissolved in? /,? / - dimethylformamide ( 55 mL). The solution was cooled to room temperature. Potassium carbonate (3.77 g) and 2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-α-D-glucopyranosyl bromide (9.48 g) were added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/2 - 1/1 - 2/3) to give the base compound ( 2.26 g). NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.05 (9H, s), 1.12 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.18 (9H, s), 2.9- 3.0 (2H, m), 3.1-3.35 ( 2H, m), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.15-4.25 (2H, m), . 07 (1H, brs), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.35-5.55 (2H, m), 6.01 (1H, d, J = 8.0Hz), 6.65-6.75 (3H, m), 6.95-7.05 (2H, m), 8.31 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 10.06 (1H, s) EXAMPLE 11 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4- (2-PHENYLETHYL) -1H-PIRAZOL? R3.4- BLPIRIDINE To a solution of 4- (2-phenylethyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-pyrazoium [3,4-D] pyridine (0.26 g ) in methanol (5 mL) was added sodium methoxide (solution in 28% methanol, 0.067 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for 5 hours. Acetic acid (0.04 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / methanol = 10/1 - 5/1) to give the base compound (91 mg). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.95-3.15 (2H, m), 3.2-3.35 (1H, m), 3.35-3.55 (4H, m), 3. 55-3.65 (1H, m), 3.71 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 5.2Hz), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 2.2Hz), 5.72 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz) , 6.87 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 7.1-7.2 (1H, m), 7.2-7.3 (4H, m), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) EXAMPLE 12 1-CARBAMOYLMETHYL-3-fß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- (4-HYDROXYPENYL) ETHYLMH-PLRAZOOL? R3,4-iPL PYRIDINE To a solution of 4- [2- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -3- (2, 3,4,6-yl-O-pi-loyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-pyrazolo [3, 4-b] pyridine (73 mg) in aceine (4 mL) was added cesium carbonate (56 mg), 2-bromoaceoxamide (18 mg) and a catalytic amount of sodium iodide, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. last the night. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / meianol = 30/1 -10/1) to give 4- [2- (4-benzyloxy-phenyl) ethyl] -1-carbamoylmethyl. -3- (2,3,4,6-Feira-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1f / -pyrazolo [3,4- £ > ] pyridine (63 mg). This material was dissolved in methanol (4 mL). Sodium methoxide (solution in 28% meianol, 0.027 mL) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. The crystals were washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure to give 4- [2- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1-carbamoylmethyl-3- (β-D-gIucopyranosyloxy) -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-jb ] pyridine (25 mg). To this material was added mefanol (1 mL), teirahydrofuran (1 mL) and 10% palladium-carbon powder (10 mg), and the mixture was agitated at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 5 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the base compound (13 mg).

NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.85-3.0 (2H, m), 3.1-3.65 (6H, m), 3.69 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 5.6Hz), 3.87 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 2.1Hz), 4.98 (1H, d, J = 17.2Hz), 5.03 (1H, d, J = 17.2Hz), 5.75 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.65-6.7 (2H, m ), 6.9 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 8.3 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz) EXAMPLE 13 4-r2- (4-BENZYLOXYPENYL) ETHYL-CARBOXYMETHYL-3- (β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLON-1H-PIRAZOL) R3.4-B1 PYRIDINE To a solution of 4- [2- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-pyrazolo [3,4- B) pyridine (0.43 g) in aceine (7 mL) was added cesium carbonate (0.33 g), 2-bromoacetyl of meityl (0.072 mL) and a cayalitic amount of sodium iodide, and was stirred. mix at room temperature during the night. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenie: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1 - 3/2) to give 4- [2- (4-benzyloxy-phenyl) eyl ] -1-mexoxycarbonylmethyl-3- (2,3,4,6-yl-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1r / -pyrazolo [3,4-jb] pyrridine (0.42 g). This material was dissolved in a mixed solvent of methanol (10 mL) and teirahydrofuran (5 mL). Sodium methoxide (solution in 28% methanol, 0.3 mL) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 55 ° C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. 2 mol / L of aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (15 mL) was added to the residue, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. 2 mol / L hydrochloric acid (17 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the base compound (0.16 g). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.9-3.1 (2H, m), 3.15-3.65 (6H, m), 3.71 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 5.1Hz), 3.86 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 2.3Hz), 5.0-5.15 (4H, m), 5.74 (1H, d, J = 8.1Hz), 6.85-6.95 (3H, m), 7.15-7.2 (2H, m), 7.25-7.45 ( 5H, m), 8.29 (1H, d, J = 4.6Hz) EXAMPLE 14 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- (4-HYDROXYPENYL) ETIL1-1- (V.A-DIMETHYLCARBAMOYLMETHYL) -1H-PIRAZOL? R3,4-b1 PYRIDINE To a solution of 4- [2- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1-carboxymethyl-3- (β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1 r-pyrazolo [3,4-y)] pyridine (50 mg) in? /,? / - dimethylformamide (2 mL) was added dimethylamine hydrochloride (9 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (14 mg), 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (34 mg) and triethylamine ( 0.049 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water, a saturated aqueous solution of hydrogenated sodium carbonate and successively brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / methanol = 10/1 - 8/1) to give 4- [2- (4-benzyloxy-phenyl) ethyl] -3- (ß-D-glucopyranosyl! ox!) -1 - (/ V, / V-dimethylcarbamoyl-meth) -1 / - / - pyrazolo [3,4-o] pyridine (27 mg) . This material was dissolved in methanol (4 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (10 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 3 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the solvent was removed from the filtrate under reduced pressure to give the base compound (20 mg). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.85-3.05 (5H, m), 3.1-3.55 (8H, m), 3.55-3.65 (1H, m), 3.69 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 5.5Hz) , 3.86 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 1.8Hz), 5.24 (1H, d, J = 17.0Hz), 5.28 (1H, d, J = 17.0Hz), 5.71 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz ), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.88 (1H, d, J = 4.9.Hz), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz) EXAMPLE 15 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSlLOXY) -4-r2- (4-HYPROXY PHENYL TETHYL- (N-PHENYLCARBAMOYLMETHYL) -1H-PIRAZOL? R3,4-l 1 PYRIDINE The base compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 14 using aniline in place of dimethylamine hydrochloride. NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.15-3.65 (6H, m), 3.69 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 5.3Hz), 3.85 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 1.8Hz), 5.15 (1H, d, J = 17.0Hz), 5.22 (1H, d, J = 17.0Hz), 5.76 ( 1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.91 (1H, d, J = 5.1Hz), 7.0-7.15 (3H, m), 7.25-7.35 (2H, m), 7. 5-7.6 (2H, m), 8.31 (1H, d, J = 5.1Hz) EXAMPLE 16 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPlRANOSYLIOX) -4-r2- (4-HYDROXYPHENYL) ETHYL- 1 H- PLRAZ0L0r3,4-b1 PYRIDINE To a solution of 4- [2- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-yiel-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-pirazo I or [3, 4-6] pyridine (49 mg) in methanol (4 mL) was added sodium meioxide (0.056 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for 5 hours. Acetic acid (0.033 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / meianol = 10/1 - 5/1) to give 4- [ 2- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -3- (β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1-pyrazolo [3,4-b] pyridine (25 mg). The material was dissolved in methanol (4 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (10 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere overnight. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the base compound (16 mg). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.1-3.6 (6H, m), 3.71 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 5.2Hz), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 2.1Hz), 5.7 (1H, d, J = 8.0Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.86 (1H, d, J = 4.6Hz), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 4.6Hz) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 15 1- (2-BENZYLOXETHYL) -4- (2-PHENYLTHYL) -3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-0-PIVALOYL-β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1H-PIRAZOLE? R3. 4- blPIRIDINE To a solution of 4- (2-phenylethi) -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-b] pyridine (98 mg) in acetone (4 mL) was added cesium carbonate (87 mg), 2-bromoethyl benzyl ether (0.032 mL) and a cafalitic sodium iodide content, and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 days. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenfe: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1) to give the base compound (0.11 g). 1 H NMR (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.02 (9H, s), 1.12 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 2.9- 3.1 (2H, m), 3.1-3.35 ( 2H, m), 3.85-3.95 (3H, m), 4.05-4.15 (1H, m), 4. 16 (1H, dd, J = 12.8Hz, 1.8Hz), 4.45-4.7 (4H, m), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.35-5.55 (2H, m), 6.02 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.66 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 7.15-7.4 (10H, m), 8.28 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) EXAMPLE 17 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSILOXY) -1- (2-HYDROXYETHYL) -4- (2- FENILETID- 1H-PIRAZOL? R3.4-i 1PIRIDI A The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 16 using 1- (2-benzyloxyethyl) -4- (2-phenylethyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl) -β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-pyrazolo [3,4- £ > ] pyridine in place of 4- [2- (4-benzyloxy-phenyl) -ethyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pi-loyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1 / 7- pi razo what [3,4-jb] pyridine. NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.95-3.15 (2H, m), 3.2-3.55 (5H, m), 3.55-3.65 (1H, m), 3.69 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 5.6Hz) , 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 2.2Hz), 3.95 (2H, t, J = 5.6Hz), 4.4-4.5 (2H, m), 5.77 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.86 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 7.1-7.2 (1H, m), 7.2-7.3 (4H, m), 8.28 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz) EXAMPLE 18 4-f2-r4- (3-HYDROXYPROPOXNFENYL1ETHYL -3- (2.3.4.6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOYL-β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -1H-PIRAZOLE? R3.4- BLPlRIDINE 4-. { 2- [4- (3-Benzyloxypropoxy) phenyl] ethyl} -3- (2! 3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-D] pyridine (0.4 g) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran (6). mL) and methanol (6 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (160 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature under a nihologen atmosphere for 3 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the base compound (0.36 g). NMR with H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.05 (9H, s), 1.13 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 2.0-2.1 (2H, m), 2.85-3.05 ( 2H, m), 3.1-3.3 (2H, m), 3.8-3.9 (2H, m), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.05-4.25 (4H, m), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.4-5.55 (2H, m), 6.04 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.71 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz), 6.8-6.85 (2H, m), 7.05-7.15 (2H, m) , 8.31 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz), 9.77 (1H, s) EXAMPLE 19 4-r2- (4-33-p -CARB AMO I L-1 - (METHYL) ETI LAMINO! PRO POXl &- FENIL) ETIL1-3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1H-PIRAZOL? R3 .4- blPIRIDINE To a solution of 4-. { 2- [4- (3-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] -ile} -3- (2,3,4,6-teira-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1-pyrazolo- [3,4-jb] pyridine (0.22 g) and eryrylamine (0.056 mL) in dichloromethane ( 4 mL) methanesulfonyl chloride (0.025 mL) was added under cooling with ice, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resultant mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 4-. { 2- [4- (3-methanesulfonyloxypropoxy) phenyl] eyl} -3- (2,3,4,6-yiel-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1 r / -pyrazolo [3,4- < s] pyridine. This material was dissolved in a mixed solvent of acetylonitrile (3 mL) and ethanol (3 mL). 2-Amino-2-methylpropionamide (0.14 g) and a catalytic amount of sodium iodide were added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 3 days. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of hydrogenated sodium carbonate, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / methanol = 20/1 - 10/1) to give 4- [2- (4-. {3 - [1-carbamoyl-1- (methyl) ethylamino] propoxy.] Phenyl) ethyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-eeira-0-pi va loi I- ß-Dg luco pira nos i I oxy) - 1 / - / - pyrazole or [3,4-6] pyridine (0.12 g). This material was dissolved in mei-noi (6 mL). Sodium meioxide (solution in 28% methanol, 0.077 mL) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C overnight. Acetic acid (0.034 mL), and the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluyenie: meianol) to give the base compound (62 mg). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.37 (6H, s), 1.9-2.05 (2H, m), 2.77 (2H, í, J = 7.1Hz), 2.9-3.05 (2H, m), 3.15-3.65 ( 6H, m), 3.71 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 5.0Hz), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 2.0Hz), 4.04 (2H, í, J = 6.0Hz), 5.71 (1H , d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.8-6.9 (3H, m), 7.1-7.2 (2H, m), 8.26 (1H, d, J = 5.0Hz) EXAMPLE 20 3- ß-D-GLUCOPI RANOS! LOXI) -4-f2- (4- {3-r4- (2-HI DROXIETI D-PIPERAZIN-1-IL1PROPOXI) PHENYL) ETILMH-PIRAZOL? R3,4-b1- P1RIDINE The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 19 using 1- (2-hydroxyethyl) piperazine in place of 2-amino-2-methylpropionamide. NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.9-2.05 (2H, m), 2.4-3.05 (14H, m), 3.15-3.65 (6H, m), 3.65-3.75 (3H, m), 3.88 (1H, dd , J = 12.1Hz, 2.0Hz), 4.0 (2H, t, J = 6.0Hz), 5.7 (1H, d, J = 8.1Hz), 6.75-6.9 (3H, m), 7.1-7.2 (2H, m ), 8.26 (1H, d, J = 4.6Hz) EXAMPLE 21 4- (2-f4-f (E) -3-CARBOXlPROP-1-ENILTFENLLVETIL) -3- (2.3.4.6- TETRA-0-PIVALOYL-ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1H-PIRAZOL? R3.4 - BIPIRIDINE A mixture of 4- [2- (4-bromophenyl) ethyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-jfj] pyridine (0.27 g), 3-butenoic acid (56 mg), triefylamine (0.23 mL), palladium (II) acetamide (7 mg) and fris (2-methylphenyl) phosphine (20 mg) in acetoniiril (5 mL), it was refluxed under an argon atmosphere during the night. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, and the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was washed with 1 mol / L hydrochloric acid, water and brine successively, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / methanol = 20/1) to give the base compound (0.19 g). NMR with 1H (CDCL3) d ppm: 1.05 (9H, s), 1.13 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 3.0-3.1 (2H, m), 3.15-3.35 ( 4H, m), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.1-4.2 (1H, m), 4.22 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 1.9Hz), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.4-5.55 (2H, m), 6.03 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.2-6.3 (1H, m), 6.47 (1H, d, J = 15.9Hz), 6.56 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) , 6.95-7.05 (2H, m), 7.2-7.25 (2H, m), 8.15 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) EXAMPLE 22 3- (BP-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- (4-. {3-r (S) -2-HYPROXY-1- (METHYL) ETLLCARBAMOIL1PROPIL.} PHENYL) ETlL1-1H-PIRAZOL? R3. 4- blPIRIDINE To a solution of 4- (2- {4 - [(E) -3-carboxyprop-1-enyl] -phenyl} ethyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O- pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1-pyrazolo [3,4-jb] pyridine (0.19 g) in? /,? / - dimethylformamide (5 mL) was added (S) -2-amino- 1-propanol (52 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (94 mg), 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.13 g) and frieylamine (0.03 mL), and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. the night. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with an aqueous solution of hydrogenated sodium carbonate, water and brine successively, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / methanol = 30/1) to give 4- [2- (4-. {(E) -3 - [(S) -2-h idroxy-1- (mef! L) ef ilcarbamoyl] prop-1 -in i l.} F enyl) eí il] -3- (2,3,4,6-íetra -0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1 / - / - pyrazolo [3,4- £ > ] pyridine (78 mg). The material obtained (60 mg) was dissolved in methanol (1.3 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (6 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 2 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was removed under reduced pressure to give 4- [2- (4-. {3 - [(S) -2-hydroxy-1- (methyl) ethylcarbamoyl] propyl) .}. feniI) ethyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1 H -pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridine (58 mg) . This material was dissolved in methanol (1 mL). Sodium methoxide (solution in 28% methanol, 0.03 mL) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C overnight. Acetic acid (0.07 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluent: methanol) to give the base compound (26 mg).

NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.12 (3H, d, J = 6.7Hz), 1.85-1.95 (2H, m), 2.19 (2H, t, J = 7.6Hz), 2.59 (2H, i, J = 7.7Hz), 2.9-3.1 (2H, m), 3.15-3.3 (1H, m), 3.3-3.65 (7H, m), 3.71 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 5.2Hz), 3.85-4.0 ( 2H, m), 5.72 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.87 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 7.05-7.15 (2H, m), 7.15-7.25 (2H, m), 8.27 (1H , d, J = 4.9Hz) EXAMPLE 23 3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-0-PIVALOYL-ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- (4- PIVALOYLXXFEN! L) ETIL1-1H-PIRAZOL? R3.4- / > 1 PYRIDINE To a solution of 4- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H- pi razo I or [3 , 4-6] pyridine (1.6 g) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added triethylamine (0.44 mL) and pivaloyl chloride (0.31 mL), and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 mol / L hydrochloric acid, and the resulfing mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfafo. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenie: n -hexane / ellylyacetate = 2/1 - 1/1) to give the base compound (1.76 g). 1 H NMR (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.04 (9H, s), 1.13 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.18 (9H, s), 1.35 (9H, s), 2.9-3.1 (2H, m), 3.15-3.35 (2H, m), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.1-4.2 (1H, m), 4.23 (1H, dd, J = 12.6Hz, 1.7Hz), 5.2-5.3 (1H , m), 5.4-5.55 (2H, m), 6.06 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.7 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 6.95-7.0 (2H, m), 7.15-7.2 ( 2H, m), 8.32 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 10.3 (1H, s) EXAMPLE 24 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSI LOX!) - 4-r2- (4-HYDROXY PHENYL) ETIL1-1 - ISOPROP1 L-1 H-PIRAZOL? R3,4-b1PIRI PI A To a solution of 3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-Dg and ucopyranosyl! Oxy) -4- [2- (4-pi vaioi I oxyphenyl) eti I] - 1 H-pyrazole or [3,4-6] pyridine (84 mg) in acetone (1.5 mL) was added cesium carbonate (0.11 g) and 2-iodopropane (0.03 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 10/1 - 2/1) to give 1-isopropyl-3- (2,3,4,6 -etra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pílolaloxy-phenyl) -ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridine (61 mg). This material was dissolved in methanol (2 mL). Sodium methoxide (solution in 28% methanol, 0.04 mL) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluent: methanol) to give the base compound (26 mg). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.48 (6H, d, J = 6.6Hz), 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.1-3.4 (2H, m), 3.4-3.65 (4H, m), 3.7 ( 1H, dd, J = 11.9Hz, 5.0Hz), 3.8-3.9 (1H, m), 5.05-5.2 (1H, m), 5.78 (1H, d, J = 7.4Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m ), 6.83 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz), 7.0-7.15 (2H, m), 8.25 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz) EXAMPLE 25 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- (4-HIDROX! FE IL) ETHYL-1- (2- METHODYL) -1 H-P! RAZOL? R3,4-J 1 PYRIDINE The base compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 24 using 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane in place of 2-iodopropane. NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.15-3.4 (5H, m), 3.4-3.65 (4H, m), 3. 71 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 5.2Hz), 3.81 (2H, t, J = 5.7Hz), 3.87 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 2.1Hz), 4.4-4.55 (2H, m) , 5.75 (1H, d, J = 7.7Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.84 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz) EXAMPLE 26 1-BENClL-3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- 4-HYPROXYPHENYL) - ETHYLMH-PIRAZOL? R3.4 - /) 1PIRIPlNA The base compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 24 using benzyl bromide in place of 2-iodopropane.

NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.1-3.65 (6H, m), 3.65-3.75 (1H, m), 3.8-3.9 (1H, m), 5.48 (1H, d) , J = 15.7Hz), 5.57 (1H, d, J = 15.7Hz), 5.73 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.6-6.7 (2H, m), 6.87 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz ), 7.0-7.3 (7H, m), 8.3 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz) EXAMPLE 27 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPI RANOSILOXI) -4-r2- (4-HYDROXY PHENYL) ETIL1-1- (2-PHENYLTHYL) -1-PHARZOLE R3.4-B1 PYRIDINE The base compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 24 using 1-bromo-2-phenylethane in place of 2-iodopropane. NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.85-3.0 (2H, m), 3.1-3.25 (3H, m), 3.25-3.4 (1H, m), 3.4- 3.65 (4H, m), 3.74 (1H, dd , J = 12.2Hz, 4.8Hz), 3.89 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 2.3Hz), 4.45-4.6 (2H, m), 5.75 (1H, d, J = 7.5Hz), 6.65-6.75 ( 2H, m), 6.77 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 7.1-7.25 (7H, m), 8.18 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz) EXAMPLE 28 1- (3-CARBOXYPROPYL) -3- (2.3.4.6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOYL-BD-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -4-r2- (4-PIVALOlLOXIFENlL) ETILMH-PIRAZOL? R3,4-ib1PIRIPI AA a solution of Benzyl alcohol (1 mL) and triefylamine (2.69 mL) in dichloromethane (15 mL) were added with 4-bromobutyryl chloride (1.68 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into 1 mol / L hydrochloric acid, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogenated carbonate and brine successively, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 8/1) to give benzyl 4-bromobutyra (2.45 g). To a solution of 3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxy-phenyl) -yryl] -1H-pyrazolo [3, 4-6] pyridine (0.17 g) in aceine (3 mL) was added cesium carbonate (0.16 g), benzyl 4-bromobuyira (0.1 g) and a catalytic amount of sodium iodide, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature Environment lasts 2 days. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenle: n-hexane / ethyl ether = 10/1 - 3/1) to give 1- (3-benzyloxycarbonylpropi) -3- (β-D -glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxy-phenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-6] plridine (0.14 g). This material was dissolved in teirahydrofuran (5 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (50 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was agitated at ambient temperature under a nihirogen atmosphere for 3 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/2-dichloromethane / meianol = 15/1) to give the title compound (95 mg). NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.04 (9H, s), 1.13 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.35 (9H, s), 2.15-2.3 (2H, m), 2.3-2.45 (2H, m), 2.8-3.4 (4H, m), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.05-4.15 (1H, m) , 4.31 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 1.7Hz), 4.35-4.55 (2H, m), 5.2-5.35 (1H, m), 5.35-5.45 (1H, m), 5.45-5.55 (1H, m ), 6.03 (1H, d, J = 8.1Hz), 6.7 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 6.9-7.0 (2H, m), 7.15-7.25 (2H, m), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz) EXAMPLE 29 1- (3-CARBAMOYLPROPYL) -3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -4-r2- (4-HYDROX! PHENYL) ET! LMH-PIRAZOL? R3,4-b1 PYRIDINE To a solution of 1- (3-carboxypropyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-gIucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H -pirazolo [3,4-jb] pyridine (95 mg) in? /, / V-dimethylformamide (2 mL) was added di (ferf-butyl) dicarbonate (90 mg), pyridine (0.033 mL) and hydrogenated carbonace of ammonium (33 mg), and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 mol / L hydrochloric acid, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogenated carbonate and brine successively, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.

The solvent was removed under redupressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/2-dichloromethane / methanol = 15/1) to give 1- (3 -carbamoylpropyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H- pi RI (3,4- 6] pyridine (80 mg). This material was dissolved in methanol (2 mL). Sodium methoxide (0.05 mL) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C overnight. Acetic acid (0.025 mL) was added, and the resulting mixture was concentrated under redupressure. The residue was dissolved in a saturated aqueous solution of potassium carbonate, and the solution was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluent: meianol) to yield the product. The product was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / meianol = 5/1 -3/1) to give the base compound (23 mg). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.05-2.3 (4H, m), 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.15-3.25 (1H, m), 3.25-3.65 (5H, m), 3.7 (1H, dd , J = 12.2Hz, 5.7Hz), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 2.0Hz), 4.3-4.45 (2H, m), 5.76 (1H, d, J = 8.0Hz), 6.65-6.75 ( 2H, m), 6.85 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 8.28 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) EXAMPLE 30 1- (3-HYDROXYPROPlL) -3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PlVALOYL-B P-GLUCOPI RANOSYLOXY) -4-f2- (4-PIVALOYLOXY PHENYL) ETIL1-1 H-PIRAZOL? R3 .4-B1PIRIPI A To a solution of 3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaIoyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4- 6 ] pyridine (1 g) in aceion (10 mL) was added cesium carbonate (0.78 g), benzyl 3-bromopropyl ether (0.32 mL) and a sodium cationic acid iodide, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 4/1 - 2/1) to give 1- (3-benzyloxypropyl) -3- (2,3 , 4,6-Fefra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-o] pyridine (0.77 g). This material was dissolved in mefanol (10 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (0.25 g) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 2 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under redupressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/1 - 1/2) to give the base compound (0.54. g). 1 H NMR (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.03 (9H, s), 1.14 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.35 (9H, s), 1.9-2.1 (2H, m), 2.9-3.1 (2H, m), 3.1-3.35 (2H, m), 3.35-3.55 (2H, m), 3.95-4.1 (2H, m) , 4.1-4.2 (1H, m), 4.24 (1H, dd, J = 12.4Hz, 1.7Hz), 4.49 (2H, í, J = 6.1Hz), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.35-5.45 ( 1H, m), 5.45-5.55 (1H, m), 6.03 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.68 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 6.95-7.0 (2H, m), 7.15-7.2 (2H, m), 8.26 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) EXAMPLE 31 3- (β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -1- (3-HYDROXYPROPYL) -4-r2- (4-HYDROXYPENYL) ETIL1-1H-PIRAZOLOf3.4-? 1 PYRIDINE To a solution of 1- (3-hydroxypropyl) -3- (2, 3,4,6-teira-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxy-phenyl) ethyl] - 1 H -pyrazolo [3,4-D] pyridine (40 mg) in meianol (2 mL) was added sodium meioxide (28% solution in meianol, 0.04 mL), and the mixture was agitated at 60 ° C during the night. The reaction mixture was concentrated under redupressure, and the residue was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluent: methanol) to give the base compound (18 mg). NMR with? (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.0-2.1 (2H, m), 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.15-3.25 (1H, m), 3. 25-3.4 (1H, m), 3.4-3.65 (6H, m), 3.71 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 5.0Hz), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 2.0Hz), 4.43 ( 2H, t, J = 6.8Hz), 5.74 (1H, d, J = 7.7Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.84 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 8. 28 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) EXAMPLE 32 1- (3-AMINOPROPlL) -3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOlL-B ° D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- (4-PIVALOYLOXYPENYL) ETHYL-PHYZZOL-r3.4-b1PIRIPINE To a solution of 1- (3-hydroxypropyl) -3- (2, 3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) etl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridine (0.49 g) and eryrylamine (0.11 mL) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was added methylene sulfonyl chloride (0.051 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes . The reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 mol / L hydrochloric acid, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 1- (3-methandosulfonyloxypropyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-teira-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4 -pivaloyloxy-phenyl) eyl] -1 Hp-razo I or [3, 4-6] pyridine (0.53 g). To a solution of 1- (3-meyenosuifoniloxipropil) -3- (2,3,4,6-íetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivayloyloxyphenyl) ethyl] - 1H-pyrazolo [3,4-b] pyridine (0.16 g) in V,? / - dimethylformamide (3 mL) was added sodium azide (16 mg), and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C for 1 hour . The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was exfoliated with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1) to give 1- (3-azidopropyl) -3- (2 3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridine (94 mg). This material was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (30 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under a nihologen atmosphere for 3 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the base compound (90 mg). NMR with? (CDCIs) d ppm: 1.03 (9H, s), 1.13 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.35 (9H, s), 1.9-2.05 (2H, m), 2.55-2.7 (2H, m), 2.85-3.1 (2H, m), 3.1-3.3 (2H, m), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.13 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 4.7Hz) , 4.22 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 1.8Hz), 4.3-4.55 (2H, m), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.35-5.45 (1H, m), 5.45-5.55 (1H, m ), 6.06 (1H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 6.65 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz), 6.95-7.0 (2H, m), 7.15-7.25 (2H, m), 8.27 (1H, d, J = 4.8Hz) EXAMPLE 33 1- (3-AMINOPROPYL) -3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-f2- (4-HYDROXYPEN! L) ETHYLMH-PIRAZOL? R3,4-b1PlRIDINE The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 31 using 1- (3-aminopropyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-teira-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) efiI] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridine in place of 1- (3-hydroxypropyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl- β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridine.

NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.95-2.1 (2H, m), 2.55-2.7 (2H, m), 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3. 1-3.65 (6H, m), 3.7 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 5.7Hz), 3.89 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 2.1Hz), 4.35-4.5 (2H, m), 5.73 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.86 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz) , 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 8.29 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz) EXAMPLE 34 1-r3- (2-AMINOACETI LAMINO) PROPYL1-3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -4-r2- (4-HYDROXY PHENYL) ETIL1-1 H- PIRAZOL? R3.4-b1PIRIDI A To a solution of 1- (3-aminopropyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-teira-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) eyl] -1H -pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridine (60 mg) in? /, A / -dimethylformamide (3 mL) was added 2-benzyloxycarbonylaminoacetic acid (17 mg), 1-hydroxy-benzotriazole (11 mg), hydrochloride 1-eyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (26 mg) and triethylamine (0.037 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was emptied in 0.5 mol / L hydrochloric acid, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogenated carbonate and brine successively, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenie: n-hexane / ethyl ether = 1/2 - 1/5) to give 1-. { 3- [2- (benzyloxycarbon and lamino) acetylamino] propyl} -3- (2, 3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridine ( 48 mg). This material was dissolved in meianol (2 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (20 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was agitated at ambient temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 3 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the solvent was removed from the filtrate under reduced pressure to give 1- [3- (2-aminoacetylamino) propyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl) β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxy-phenyl) ethyl] -1 H -pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridine (39 mg). This material was dissolved in methanol (2 mL). Sodium methoxide (solution in 28% methanol, 0.02 mL) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C during the night. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluent: methanol) and preparative reverse phase column chromatography (Shiseido CAPCELL PAK UG120 ODS, 5 μm, 120 A, 20 x 50 mm, flow rate 30 mL / minute linear gradient, water / methanol = 90/10 - 10/90) successively to give the base compound (6 mg). NMR with? (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.0-2.15 (2H, m), 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.1-3.4 (6H, m), 3.4-3.65 (4H, m), 3.7 (1H, dd, J = 12.3Hz, 5.7Hz), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.3Hz, 2.2Hz), 4.3-4.45 (2H, m), 5.75 (1H, d, J = 7.7Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m ), 6.85 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 8.29 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz) EXAMPLE 35 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- (4-H! DROXYPHENYL) ETHYL- (2- DIMETHYLAMINOETIL) -1H-PIRAZOL? R3.4-b1 PYRIDINE To a solution of 3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4 -6] pyridine (75 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (0.5 mL) was added 2-dimethylaminoethanol (9 mg), triphenylphosphine (26 mg) and diethyl azodicarboxylate (40% toluene solution, 0.059 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. ambienie duranfe 3 hours. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / meianol = 15/1) to give 1- (2-dimethylaminoefil) -3- (2,3,4,6-fetra- 0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyrosiloxy) -4- [2- (4-pivaloyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridine (79 mg). This material was dissolved in meianol (2 mL). Sodium methoxide was added to the solution (solution in 28% mefanol, 0.04 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / methanol = 5/1 - 1/1) to give the base compound (16 mg). NMR with? (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.3 (6H, s), 2.8-3.05 (4H, m), 3.15-3.25 (1H, m), 3.25-3.4 (1H, m), 3.4-3.65 (4H, m), 3.69 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 5.5Hz), 3.86 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 2.1Hz), 4.47 (2H, t , J = 6.7Hz), 5.75 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.84 (1H, d, J = 4.6Hz), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 8.29 (1H, d, J = 4.6Hz) EXAMPLE 36 3- (ß-P-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- (4-H! PROXYPHENYL) ETILM- \ 2- (MORFOLLN-4-IL) ETLLMH-PLRAZOL? R3,4-61PIRIPINE The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 35 using 4- (2-hydroxyethyl) morpholine in place of 2-dimethylaminoethanol. NMR with? (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.45-2.6 (4H, m), 2.8-3.05 (4H, m), 3.1-3.25 (1H, m), 3. 25-3.4 (1H, m), 3.4-3.65 (8H, m), 3.7 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 5.2Hz), 3. 87 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 1.9Hz), 4.48 (2H, t, J = 6.6Hz), 5.74 (1H, d, J = 8.0Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.83 ( 1H, d, J = 4.7Hz), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 8. 27 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz) EXAMPLE 37 4-r2- (4-METOXIFENlL) ETIL1-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOYL-B-P-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1H-PIRAZOL? R3.4-b1PIRIPINE 4- [2- (4-Methoxyphenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-6] -pyridin-3-ol was prepared in a manner similar to that described in the reference example 12 using iodomethane in place of benzyl bromide, then the base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 7, using the same material instead of 4- (2-phenylethyl) -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-6 ] pyridin-3-ol. NMR with? (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.04 (9H, s), 1.14 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.1-3.3 (2H, m ), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.05-4.25 (2H, m), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.4-5.55 (2H, m), 6.04 (1H, d) , J = 7.8Hz), 6.7 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 6.75-6.85 (2H, m), 7.05-7.15 (2H, m), 8.3 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 9.76 (1H, s) EXAMPLES 38 UP TO 41 The compounds described in Table 1 were prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 24, using the corresponding initial materials.

TABLE 1 EXAMPLE 42 3- (β-P-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -1- (2-HYPROXYETHL) -4-r2 ° (4 * HYPROXYPENYL) ET »LMH-PIRAZOL ™ r3.4-b1PIRIPINE 1- (2-Hydroxy-yl) -3- (2,3,4,6-teira-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [ 2- (4-pivaloyloxy-phenyl) ethyl] -1H-pyrazolo [3,4-6] pyridine in a manner similar to that described in example 30, using benzyl 2-bromo-ethyl ether instead of benzyl 3-bromopropyl ether, then the base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 31, using this material in place of 1- (3-hydroxypropyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-yyra-O-pivaloyl-β-D -glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4- pivaloyloxyfindyl) eti I] - 1H- pyrazol or [3,4-6] pyridine. NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.1-3.25 (1H, m), 3.25-3.65 (5H, m), 3. 69 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 5.5Hz), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 1.9Hz), 3.95 (2H, í, J = 5.7Hz), 4.35-4.5 (2H, m) , 5.76 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.85 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz), 7.0-7.1 (2H, m), 8.28 (1H, d, J = 4.9Hz) EXAMPLE 43 1-r? - (ETOXYCARBONYLMETHYL) CARBAMOYLMETHYL1-3-fß-D-GLUCOPlRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- (4-HYPROXYPENYL) ETHYLHYPRAZZLE? R3.4-b1PIRIPINE The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 14 using ethyl-2-aminoacefafo hydrochloride in place of dimethylamine hydrochloride. NMR with? (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.24 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.1-3.65 (6H, m), 3.69 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 5.4Hz) , .3.87 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 2.2Hz), 3.94 (2H, s), 4.16 (2H, q, J = 7.2Hz), 5.05 (1H, d, J = 17.0Hz), 5.09 ( 1H, d, J = 17.0Hz), 5.77 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.91 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz), 7.05-7.15 (2H, m ), 8.31 (1H, d, J = 4.7Hz) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 16 4-BROMINE-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOYL-β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -1- (2-PIVALOYLIOXYTHYL) -1H-INDAZOLE To a solution of 2-bromoeianol (0.36 mL) and pyridine (0.61 mL) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added pivaloyl chloride (0.62 mL) under cooling with ice, and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water, a saturated aqueous solution of hydrogenated sodium carbonate and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give (2-bromoethyl) pivalate (1.04 g). A mixture of 4-bromo-3- (2,3,4,6-ephra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (0.93 g), pivalate (2-bromo-yl) (0.82 g) , cesium carbonate (1.27 g) and sodium iodide (0.2 g) in? /,? / - dimethylformamide (10 mL), was stirred at 65 ° C for 6 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. Exhaust was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenie: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 4/1 - 3/1) to give the base compound (0.73 g). 1.02 (9H, s), 1.07 (9H, s), 1.14 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.2 (9H, s), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.16 (1H, dd, J = 12.3Hz, 5.0Hz), 4.26 (1H, dd, J = 12.3Hz, 1.6Hz), 4.3-4.5 (4H, m), 5.25-5.35 (1H, m), 5.4-5.5 (2H, m) , 5.88 (1H, d, J = 7.5Hz), 7.1-7.25 (3H, m) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 17 4-BROMO-1-ISOPROPlL-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOIL-ß-P-GLUCOPI RANOS! LOXD-1 H-INDAZOL The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in reference example 16 using isopropyl iodide in place of (2-bromoethyl) pivalate. 1.06 (9H, s), 1.14 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.19 (9H, s), 1.4-1.55 (6H, m), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.16 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 5.0Hz), 4.24 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 1.7Hz), 4.55-4.7 (1H, m), 5.25-5.35 (1H, m), 5.4-5.5 (2H, m), 5.9-6.0 (1H, m), 7.05-7.25 (3H, m) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 18 1- (2-BENZYLOXYETHL) -4-BROMO-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOYL-BD-GLUCOPYRANOSILOXD-1H-INDAZOL The base compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Reference Example 16 using 2-bromoethyl benzyl ether in place of (2-bromoethyl) pivalate. NMR with α (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.07 (9H, s), 1.14 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.19 (9H, s), 3.75-3.g (2H, m), 3.9-4.0 (1H, m), 4.13 (1H, dd, J = 12.6Hz, 5.0Hz), 4.23 (1H, dd) , J = 12.6Hz, 1.7Hz), 4.25-4.5 (4H, m), 5.25-5.35 (1H, m), 5.4-5.5 (2H, m), 5.85 (1H, d, J = 7.6Hz), 7.05 -7.35 (8H, m) EXAMPLE OF REFERENCE 19 4-ETINYL-1-ISOPROPlL-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-0-PtVALOIL-B-D-GLUCOPI RANOS! LOXD-1 H-INDAZOL The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in reference example 4 using 4-bromo-1-isopropyl-3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) - 1H-indazole in place of 4-bromo-3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole. NMR with? (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.06 (9H, s), 1.14 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.2 (9H, s), 1.45-1.55 (6H, m), 3.33 (1H, s), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.17 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 5.1Hz), 4.24 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 1.8Hz), 4.6-4.7 (1H, m), 5.25- 5.35 (1H, m), 5.4-5.5 (2H, m), 5.9-5.95 (1H, m), 7.15 (1H, dd, J = 6.0Hz, 2.2Hz), 7.2-7.3 (2H, m) EXAMPLES 44 UP TO 53 The compounds described in Table 2 and Table 3 were prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 3 and Example 4 using the corresponding initial materials. The compounds described in Example 51 and Example 52 were prepared without the hydrogenation described in Example 4.

TABLE 2 TABLE 3 Example NMR chemical structure with? (CD3OD) d ppm: number 1.45-1.5 (6H, m), 2.16 (3H, s), 2.75-2.95 (2H, m), 3.05-3.15 (1H, m), 3.25-3.4 (1H, m), 3.4-3.65 (4H, m), 3.7 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 5.3Hz), 3.86 (1H, Example dd, J = 12.1Hz, 2.3Hz), 4.7-4.8 (1H, m), 53 5J6 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.64 (1H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 6.75 (1H, dd, J = 5.6Hz, 1.8Hz), 6.91 (1H, dd, J = 8.2Hz, 1.8Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J = 1.8Hz), 7.15-7.25 (2H, m) EXAMPLE OF REFERENCE 20 1- (3-BENCILOXlPROPOXI) -4-VlNILBENCENO A mixture of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1 g), benzyl 3-bromopropyl ether (1.88 g), cesium carbonate (3.2 g) and a cayallic acid sodium iodide ion in? /,? / -dimethylformamide (15 mL) He stirred to ambience temperaíure during the night. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 4- (3-benzyloxypropoxy) benzaldehyde (2.21 g). To a suspension of methylphenylphosphonium bromide (2.92 g) in aluminum hydrofuran (30 mL) was added n-butyl lithium (2.71 mol / L in n-hexane solution, 3.02 mL) under ice-cooling, and the mixture was agitated during 5 minutes. A solution of 4- (3-benzyloxypropoxy) benzaldehyde (2.21 g) in teirahydrofuran (10 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 5/1) to give the base compound (1.4 g). 2.05-2.15 (2H, m), 3.6-3.7 (2H, m), 4.05-4.15 (2H, m), 4.52 (2H, s), 5.05-5.2 (1H, m), 5.55-5.65 (1H, m ), 6.6-6.75 (1H, m), 6.8-6.9 (2H, m), 7.25-7.4 (7H, m) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 21 1-BENZYLOXY-4-VINYLBENZENE The base compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in reference example 20 using benzyl bromide in place of benzyl 3-bromopropyl ether. NMR with? (CDCI3) d ppm: 5.07 (2H, s), 5.1-5.15 (1H, m), 5.55-5.65 (1H, m), 6.66 (1H, dd, J = 17.6Hz, 10.5Hz), 6.9-7.0 ( 2H, m), 7.3-7.45 (7H, m) REFERENCE EXAMPLE 22 1-BE CILOXY-3-VINYLBENZENE The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in reference example 20 using 3-hydroxybenzaldehyde and benzyl bromide in place of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde and 3-bromopropyl benzyl ether, respectively. NMR with? (CDCI3) d ppm: 5.08 (2H, s), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.7-5.8 (1H, m), 6.68 (1H, dd, J = 17.5Hz, 11.0Hz), 6.85-6.9 ( 1H, m), 7.0-7.05 (2H, m), 7.2-7.3 (1H, m), 7.3-7.5 (5H, m) EXAMPLE 54 4-r (E) -2- (4-BENCILOXiFENiL) VNiLl-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q- PiVALOIL- B-D-GLUCOPLRANOSlLOXI) -1H-INDAZOL The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 1 using 1-benzyloxy-4-vinylbenzene instead of styrene. 0.99 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.18 (9H, s), 1.19 (9H, s), 3.95- 4.05 (1H, m), 4.16 (1H, dd, J = 12.6Hz, 4.9Hz ), 4.24 (1H, dd, J = 12.6Hz, 1.8Hz), 5.13 (2H, s), 5.25-5.35 (1H, m), 5.45-5.6 (2H, m), 5.95 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 7.0-7.5 ( 11H, m), 7.55-7.7 (3H, m), 8.91 (1H, s) EXAMPLE 55 1-CARBAMOYLMETHYL-3- (β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -4-r2- (4- HIDROXIFE IDETIL1- H-INDAZOL The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 12 using 4 - [(E) -2- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) vinyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl- β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1 H-indazole instead of 4- [2- (4-benzyloxyphenyl) ethyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-gluco- pyranosyloxy) -1H-pi razo [3, 4-6] pyridine. NMR with? (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.8-3.0 (2H, m), 3.1-3.2 (1H, m), 3.25-3.65 (5H, m), 3.69 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 5.7Hz), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 2.4Hz), 4.8-4.05 (2H, m), 5.74 (1H, d, J = 7.gHz) , 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.82 (1H, d, J = 7.1Hz), 7.05-7.15 (2H, m), 7.18 (1H, d, J = 8.3Hz), 7.28 (1H, dd, J = 8.3Hz, 7.1Hz) EXAMPLE 56 1-'2-HYDROXYETLL) -4-r2- (3-HlDROX! FENlL) ETIL1-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-0-PIVALOYL-β-P-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXl) -1H-INPAZOL A mixture of 1- (2-benzyloxyethyl) -4-bromo-3- (2, 3,4,6-yl-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (0.85 g), 1-benzyloxy -3-vinylbenzene (0.32 g), ithiamylamine (2 mL), palladium (II) acetate (11 mg) and iris (2-methylphenyl) phosphine (30 mg) in acetylonitrile (8 mL) was heated by reflux under one atmosphere of argon during the night. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with diethyl ether, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (solvent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 4/1 - 3/1) to give 1- (2-benzyloxy-ethyl) -4 - [(E) -2- (3-benzylloxyphenyl) vinyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tephr-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (0.02 g). This material was dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (0.3 g) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under a ni-halogen atmosphere during the night. The insupportable maferial was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenie: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1 - 1/1) to give the base compound (0.68 g). 1.05-1.2 (36H, m), 2.65-2.85 (1H, m), 2.05-3.2 (2H, m), 3. 2-3.3 (1H, m), 3.9-4.0 (1H, m), 4.0-4.2 (4H, m), 4.25-4.35 (2H, m), 5.25-5.35 (1H, m), 5.4-5.6 (2H , m), 6.04 (1H, d, J = 8.6Hz), 6.7-6.95 (4H,), 7.1-7.25 (2H, m), 7.25-7.35 (1H, m) EXAMPLE 57 1- (2-H! DROXYTHYL) -4-r2- (4-HYDROXYPENYL) ETHYL 3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-0-PIVALOlL-β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1H-INDAZOLE The base compound was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 56 using 1-benzyloxy-4-vinylbenzene in place of 1-benzyloxy-3-vinylbenzene. NMR with? (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.05 (OH, s), 1.12 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 2.8- 3.0 (2H, m), 3.05-3.15 (1H, m ), 3.2-3.3 (1H, m), 3.9-4.1 (3H, m), 4.1-4.3 (4H, m), 4.74 (1H, brs), 5.25-5.35 (1H, m), 5.35-5.55 (2H , m), . 97 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.65-6.8 (3H, m), 7.0-7.1 (3H, m), 7.15-7.25 (1H, m) EXAMPLE 58 4-f2-r4- (3-HYDROXYPROPOXY) PHENYL1ETHYL) -3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOYL-β-P-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1H-iNDAZOL The base compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in example 56 using 4-bromo-3- (2,3,4,6-teira-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole and 1- (3-benzyloxypropoxy) -4-vinylbenzene in place of 1- (2-benzyloxyethyl) -4-bromo-3- (2,3,4,6-ephra-O-pi va loi l-ß-Dg I u cop they will be i i oxy) -1 H-indazole and 1-benzyloxy-3-vinyl-benzene, respectively. 1.04 (9H, s), 1.13 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.89 (1H, t, J = 5.5Hz), 2.0-2.1 (2H, m), 2.8 -3.0 (2H, m), 3.05-3.15 (1H, m), 3.2-3.3 (1H, m), 3.85-3.9 (2H, m), 3.9-4.0 (1H, m), 4.05-4.15 (3H, m), 4.21 (1H, dd, J = 12.1Hz, 1.8Hz), 5.25-5.3 (1H, m), 5.4-5.5 (2H, m), 6.04 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.7 ( 1H, d, J = 6.gHz), 6.8-6.85 (2H, m), 7.05-7.15 (3H, m), 7.2 (1H, dd, J = 8.4Hz, 6.9Hz), 8.91 (1H, s) EXAMPLE 59 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1- (2-HYDROXYETHYL) -4-r2- (4-HYDROXYPHENIDETILMH-INDAZOL) To a solution of 1 ~ (2-hydroxyethyl) -4- [2- (4-hydroxy-phenyl) ethyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranos Loxi) -1 H-indazole (0.31 g) in methanol (6 mL) was added water (0.6 mL) and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.16 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in water. Acetic acid (0.45 mL) was added to the solution, and the resulting mixture was purified by solid phase exdraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluyenie: methanol) to give the base compound (0.14 g). NMR with? (CD3OD) d ppm: 2.8-3.0 (2H, m), 3.05-3.2 (1H, m), 3.25-3.65 (5H, m), 3.69 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 5.6Hz), 3.85- 3.95 (3H, m), 4.3 (2H, t, J = 5.6Hz), 5.72 (1H, d, J = 7.gHz), 6.65-6.75 (2H, m), 6.76 (1H, dd, J = 5.4 Hz, 2.7Hz), 7.05-7.15 (2H, m), 7.2-7.3 (2H, m) EXAMPLE 60 3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -4- (2-r4- (3-HYDROXYPROPOXY) - FEN1L1ETIL1- 1H-INDAZOL The base compound was prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 59 using 4-. { 2- [4- (3-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] ethyl} -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole in place of 1- (2-hydroxyethyl) -4- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl ] -3- (2,3,4,6-ee-ra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1 H -indazole. NMR with? (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.9-2.0 (2H, m), 2.8-3.05 (2H, m), 3.05-3.2 (1H, m), 3.25-3.65 (5H, m) ', 3.65-3.8 (3H, m ), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 2.1Hz), 4.04 (2H, í, J = 6.4Hz), 5.65 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.7-6.85 (3H, m), 7.1-7.25 (4H, m) EXAMPLE 61 4-f2-r4- (3-HYDROXYPROPOXY) PHENYL1ETHYL-3- (2.3.4.6-TETRA-Q-FIVALOYL-β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) -1- (2-PIVALOYLOXYETLL) -1H- INDAZOL To a mixture of 1- (2-hydroxyethyl) -4- [2- (4-hydroxyphenyl) ethyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-teira-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosMoxy) -1H Indazole (2 g), cesium carbonate (1.64 g) and sodium iodide (0.38 g) in N, N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), was added benzyl 3-bromopropyl ether (0.86 g), and was stirred. the mixture at ambient temperature lasts during the night. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (15 mL). Triethylamine (1.22 mL) and pivaloyl chloride (0.93 mL) were added to the solution., and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 mol / L hydrochloric acid, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water, a saturated aqueous solution of hydrogenated sodium carbonate and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl aceia = 3/1) to give 4-. { 2- [4- (3-benzyloxypropoxy) phenyl] etii} -3- (2,3,4,6-teira-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1- (2-pivaloyloxyethyl) -1H-indazole (2.11 g). This material was dissolved in acetyl of elilo (20 mL). 10% or palladium-carbon powder (0.5 g) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 2 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1 - 1/1) to give the base compound (1.59 g). NMR with? (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.02 (9H, s), 1.03 (9H, s), 1.13 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 2.0-2.1 (2H, m), 2.8-2.9 (1H, m), 2.9-3.0 (1H, m), 3.0-3.15 (1H, m), 3.2-3.3 (1H, m), 3.8-3.9 (2H, m), 3.9-4.0 (1H , m), 4.05-4.2 (3H, m), 4.21 (1H, dd, J = 12.4Hz, 1.6Hz), 4.3-4.5 (4H, m), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.35-5.55 ( 2H, m), 6.05 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.64 (1H, d, J = 6.9Hz), 6.75-6.85 (2H, m), 7.0-7.1 (3H, m), 7.15-7.2 (1H, m) EXAMPLES 62 UP TO 64 The compounds described in Table 4 were prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 61.

TABLE 4 Example NMR chemical structure with? (CDCl 3) d ppm number 1.02 (9H, s), 1.03 (9H, s), 1.13 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 2.8- 2.9 (1H, m), 2.9-3.0 (1H, m), 3.0- 3.15 (1H, m), 3.2-3.3 (1H, m), 3.9- Example 4.0 (3H, m), 4.05-4.2 (3H, m), 4.21 62 (1H , dd, J = 12.5Hz, 1.7Hz), 4.3-4.5 (4H, m), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.35-5.55 (2H, m), 6.05 (1H, d, J = 8.3Hz) , 6.64 (1H, d, J = 7.0Hz), 6.8-6.9 (2H, m), 7.0-7.15 (3H, m), 7.15-7.2 (1H, m) EXAMPLE 65 3- ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1- (2-HYDROXYETHYL) -4-r2- (4- (3-r2-HYPROXY-1- (HYPROXY METHYL) ETHYLAMINOPROPOXYIFENIDETILMH- INPAZOL To a solution of 4-. { 2- [4- (3-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] ethyl} -3- (2,3,4,6-teira-O-pivaloll-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1- (2-p-vallyloxyethyl) -1H-indazole (1.59 g) and friethylamine (0.35 mL) in dichloromethane (10 mL) methanesulfonyl chloride (0.16 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 mol / L hydrochloric acid, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 4-. { 2- [4- (3-methane-s, ioxy-propoxy-sulphonyl) phenyl]} - 3 - (2, 3,4,6 -feira-O-pi val or il-ß-D -glu co-pyranoxylo) -1- (2-pivaloyloxyethyl) -1H-indazole (1.67 g). The compound obtained (0.52 g) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of acetyloiryl (2.5 mL) and efanol (2.5 mL). 2-Amino-1,3-propanediol (0.12 g) and sodium iodide (77 mg) were added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 75 ° C for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenie: dichloromethane / methanol = 20/1 - 10/1 - 8/1) to give 4- [2- (4- {. 3- [2-hydroxy-1- (hydroxymethyl) ethylamino] propoxy.] Phenyl) ethyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pi valoll-β-D-glucopyrene iloxy) -1- (2-pi goes loxyloxy) -1 H-indazole (0.36 g). This material was dissolved in methanol (6 mL). Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (75 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: water desily, eluyenie: meianol) to give the base compound (0.21 g). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.9-2.05 (2H, m), 2.7-3.05 (5H, m), 3.05-3.2 (1H, m), 3.25-3.75 (10H, m), 3.8-3.95 (3H , m), 4.05 (2H, í, J = 6.0Hz), 4.3 (2H, í, J = 5.4Hz), 5.72 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.7-6.9 (3H, m), 7.1 -7.3 (4H, m) EXAMPLES 66 UP TO 87 The compounds described in Tables 5 to 9 were prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 65, using the corresponding initial materials. During the synthesis of examples 84 to 86, after the hydrolysis described in Example 65, the hydroxy groups were converted to amino groups in a manner similar to that described in example 32.

Example Chemical structure NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm number 2.0-2.1 (2H, m), 2.54 (2H, í, J = 6.6 Hz), 2.8-3.2 (7H, m), 3.25-3.65 (5H, m) , 3.69 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 5.6Hz), Example 3.85-3.95 (3H, m), 4.06 (2H, í, 66 J = 6.0Hz), 4.3 (2H, í, J = 5.5 Hz), 5.72 (1H, d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.76 (1H , dd, J = 6.1Hz, 1.7Hz), 6.8-6.9 (2H, m), 7.15-7.3 (4H, m) TABLE 6 TABLE 7 TAB LA 8 Example Chemical analysis NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm number 1 .9-2.05 (2H, m), 2.45-2.75 (12H, m), 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.1 -3.25 (1 H , m), 3.25-3.75 (8H, m), 3.85- Example 3.95 (3H, m), 4.0 (2H, í, J = 6.2Hz), 82 4.3 (2H, í, J = 5.5Hz), 5.74 ( 1 H, d, J = 8.2Hz), 6.65-6.9 (4H, m), 7.1 -7.3 (3H, m) TABLE 9 EXAMPLE 88 1-CARBAMOYLMETHYL-3- (β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLXY) -4-r2- (4-. {3- T2-HYDROXY-1,1-BIS (HYDROXYMETHYL) ETHYLAM! NO1PROPOXY - FENIDETIL1-1H-INDAZOL A mixture of 3- (β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -4- [2- (4-. {3- [2-hydroxy-1,1-bis (hydroxymethyl) ethylamino] propoxy]. in il) ethyl] -1 H-indazole (57 mg), 2-bromoaceoamide (41 mg), cesium carbonate (97 mg) and a catalytic amount of sodium iodide in? /,? / - dimethylformamide (1 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluent: mefanol) and preparative reverse phase column chromatography (Shiseido CAPCELL PAK UG120 ODS, 5 μm, 120 A, 20 x 50 mm, flow rate 30 mL / minute linear gradient, water / methanol = 90/10 - 10/90), successively to give the base compound (7 mg).

NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.9-2.05 (2H, m), 2.75-3.05 (4H, m), 3.1-3.25 (1H, m), 3.25-3.65 (11H, m), 3.69 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 5.9Hz), 3.87 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 2.0Hz), 4.0-4.1 (2H, m), 4.89 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.75-6.9 (3H, m), 7.1-7.35 (4H, m) EXAMPLE 89 4-r2- (4-BROMOFENIL) ETINYL1-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-Q-PIVALOYL-B-D-GLUCOPYRANOSlLOXl) -1- (2-PIVALOYLOXYETHYL) -1H-INDAZOL 4-Ethyl-3- (2,3,4,6-yl-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1- (2-pivaloyloxy-yl) -1 H-indazole was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Reference Example 4, using 4-bromo-3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-giucopyranosyloxy) -1- (2-pivaloyloxyethyl) -1 H-indazole instead of 4-bromo-3- (2,3,4,6-teira-0-piva! oil-ß-D-giuco-pyranosiloxy) -1 H-indazole. The base compound was then prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 3, using this material and 1-bromo-4-iodobenzene in place of 4-ethynyl-3- (2,3,4,6-yl- O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole and 4-iodo-2-meitylphenol. 1 H NMR (CDCl 3) d ppm: 0.98 (9H, s), 1.02 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.16 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.1-4.2 (1H, m), 4.24 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 1.8Hz), 4.35-4.5 (4H, m), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.3-5.4 (1H , m), 5.4-5.5 (1H, m), 6.05 (1H, d, J = 8.3Hz), 7.2-7.35 (3H, m), 7.5-7.6 (4H, m) EXAMPLE 90 4-f2- (4 - { 3-r 1-CARBOXI-1 - (METHYL) ETILCARBAMOIL1 PROPYL - PHENYL) ETHYL-3- (2,3,4,6-TETRA-0-PIVALOYL-β-D-GLUCO-PIRANOSYLLOXY) -1 - (2-PIVALOYLIOXYETHYL) -1H-I DAZOL A mixture of 4- [2- (4-bromophenyl) ethynyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1- (2-pivaloyloxyethyl) -1H- indazole (0.35 g), 3-buínanoic acid (64 mg), palladium (II) acetyl (4 mg) and iris (2-methylphenyl) phosphine (11 mg) in eryrylamine (4 mL), was stirred at 80 ° C. under an argon atmosphere for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate. 2 mol / L hydrochloric acid (15 mL) was added to the mixture, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 30 min. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the organic layer was separated. The organic layer was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in? /, / V-dimethylformamide (5 mL). To the solution was added benzyl 2-amino-2-methylpropionate hydrochloride (WO2004 / 014932A1, 0.26 g), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (0.15 g), 1-ethyl-3- (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.32 g). g) and isopylamine (0.52 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 45 ° C for 3 days. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with 1 mol / L hydrochloric acid, water, a saturated aqueous solution of hydrogenated sodium carbonate, water and brine successively, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1 - 2/1 - 3/2) and aminopropylated silica gel ( eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/2 - 1/1) successively to give 4- [2- (4- { (E) -3- [1-benzyloxycarbonyl-1 - (meityl) eti Icarbamoi I] prop-1 -in v.} F in l) eti ni l] -3- (2, 3,4, 6-íetra-O-pi va loil-ß-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1- (2-p¡ va loi loxieti E) -1 H-indazole (0.3 g). This material was dissolved in acetyl ether (6 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (0.15 g) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 4 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the solvent was removed from the filtrate under reduced pressure to give the base compound (0.27 g). NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.01 (9H, s), 1.02 (9H, s), 1.11 (9H, s), 1.14 (9H, s), 1.18 (OH, s), 1.55-1.65 (6H, m), 1.9-2.05 (2H, m), 2.15-2.25 (2H, m), 2.6-2.7 (2H, m), 2.8-2.9 (1H, m) , 2.9-3.15 (2H, m), 3.2-3.35 (1H, m), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.14 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 5.0Hz), 4.21 (1H, dd, J = 12.5Hz, 1.7Hz), 4.3-4.5 (4H, m), 5.25-5.35 (1H, m), 5.4-5.55 (2H, m), 6.0-6.1 (2H, m), 6.72 (1H, d, J = 7.0Hz), 7.05-7.25 (6H, m) EXAMPLES 91 UP TO 92 The compounds described in Table 10 were prepared in a manner similar to that indicated in Example 90, using the corresponding initial materials.

TABLE 10 Example Chemical structure NMR with 1H d ppm number (CDCI3) 1.017 (9H, s), 1.023 (9H, s), 1.12 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.49 (6H , s), 2.53 (2H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 2.8-2.9 (1H, m), 2.9-3.15 (4H, m), 3.2-3.3 (1H, m), 3.95- Example 4.05 (1H, m), 4.14 (1H, dd, J = 12.5 91 Hz, 5.0Hz), 4.21 (1H, dd, J = 12.5 Hz, 1.7Hz), 4.3 -4.5 (4H, m), 5.2- 5.3 (1H, m ), 5.35- 5.45 (1H, m), 5.45-5.55 (1H, m), 5.86 (1H, brs), 6.06 (1H, d, J = 8.1Hz), 6.7 (1H, d, J = 6.9Hz) , 7.05-7.25 (6H, m) (CD3OD) 0.91 (9H, s), 1.03 (9H, s), 1.07 (9H, s), 1.16 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.45 (6H , s), 1.55-1.7 (4H, m), 2.15-2.25 (2H, m), 2.55-2.65 (2H, Example m), 2.7- 2.85 (1H, m), 2.85-3.1 (2H, 92m), 3.15-3.35 (1H, m), 4.05-4.3 (3H, m), 4.35-4.6 (4H, m), 5.2- 5.4 (2H, m), 5.5-5.6 (1H, m), 6.16 (1H, d, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.65-6.75 (1H, m), 7.0-7.3 (6H, m) EXAMPLE 93 3- (β-P-GLUCOPYRANOSYLOXY) -1- (2-HYPROXYETHYL) -4-r2- (4-f3-p-r4 ° (2-HtPROXYETHYL) PIPERAZIN-1-ILLCARBONYL) -1- (METID- ETILCARBAMOIL1PROP1L1FEN1DETILMH-INPAZOL To a solution of 4- [2- (4-. {3- [1-carboxy-1- (methyl) ethyl-carbamoyl] propyl} phenyl) eyl] -3- (2,3,4,6 -etra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-gluco-pyranosyloxy) -1- (2-pivaloyloxy-yl) -1 H-indazole (40 mg) in N, N-dimethylformamide (1 mL) was added 1- (2- hydroxyethyl) piperazine (6 mg), 1-hydroxybenzoyriazole (6 mg), hydrochloride of 1-eyl-3- (3-dimethylamino-propyl) carbodimide (11 mg) and ithylamine (0.016 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogenated carbonate and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfafo. The solution was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromethane / mephanol = 10/1 - 8/1) to give 4- [2- (4-. {3 - [1- { [4- (2-hydroxyethyl) piperazin-1-yl] carbonyl] -1- (methylethyl) ethylcarbamoyl] propyl} phenyl) ethyl] -3- (2,3 , 4,6-eefra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-gluco-pyranosyloxy) -1- (2-pivaloyloxy) -1H-indazole (22 mg). This material was dissolved in methanol (2 mL). Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (8 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Acetic acid (0.1 mL) was added, and the resultant mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution was added to the residue, and the mixture was purified by solid phase exdraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluent: meianol) to give the base compound (11 mg). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.43 (6H, s), 1.8-1.95 (2H, m), 2.19 (2H, í, J = 7.7Hz), 2.4-2.55 (6H, m), 2.61 (2H, i, J = 7.4Hz), 2.85-3.05 (2H,), 3.1-3.2 (1H, m), 3.25-3.75 (12H, m), 3.85-3.95 (3H, m), 4.3 (2H, í, J = 5.3Hz), 5.73 (1H, d, J = 7.7Hz), 6.75-6.85 (1H, m), 7.05-7.15 (2H, m), 7.15-7.3 (4H, m) EXAMPLES 94 UP TO 106 The compounds described in Tables 11 to 14 were prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 22 or Example 93, using the corresponding starting materials.

TABLE 11 TABLE 13 TABLE 14 EXAMPLE 107 4-. { 2-r4- (3-AMINOPROPOXI) FENLLETHYL} -1-CARBAMOYLMETHYL-3-fß- P-GLUCOPYRANOSlLOXY) -1H-INPAZOL To a solution of 4-. { 2- [4- (3-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl] eyl} -3- (2,3,4,6-O-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (0.35 g) and eryrylamine (0.089 mL) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was added methylene sulfonyl chloride (0.036 mL), and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 mol / L hydrochloric acid, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 4-. { 2- [4- (3-methanesulfonyloxypropoxy) phenyl] ethyl} -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (0.35 g). The compound obtained (0.1 g) was dissolved in? /,? / - dimethylformamide (1 mL). Sodium azide (11 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvenfe was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1 - 2/1) to give 4-. { 2- [4- (3-azidopropoxy) phenyl] ethyl} -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyl-siloxy) -1H-indazole (76 mg). This material was dissolved in a mixed solvent of methanol (1 mL) and teirahydrofuran (1 mL). Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (19 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Acetic acid (0.05 mL) was added, and the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. A saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogenated carbonate was added to the residue, and the mixture was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluent: meianol) to give 4-. { 2- [4- (3-azidopropoxy) fenii] eyl} -3- (ß-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1 H-indazole (44 mg). The material was dissolved in? / ./ V-dimethylformamide (1 mL). To the solution was added 2-bromoaceoamide (24 mg), cesium carbonate (57 mg) and a sodium cationic acid ion, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the resulting mixture was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluyenie: meianol) and column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenie: dichloromethane / meihanol) = 8/1 - 5/1) successively to give 4-. { 2- [4- (3-azidopropoxy) phenyl] ethyl} -1-carbamoylmephyl-3- (ß-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1 H-indazole (36 mg). To the maferial methanol (3 mL), terahydrofuran (3 mL) and 10% palladium-carbon powder (30 mg) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature under a nihirogen atmosphere for 2 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the solvent was removed from the filtrate under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with ethyl acetate and collected by filtration. The solid was washed with diethyl ether and dried under reduced pressure to give the base compound (10 mg).

NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.9-2.05 (2H, m), 2.8-3.05 (4H, m), 3.1-3.2 (1H, m), 3.25-3.65 (5H, m), 3.69 (1H, dd , J = 12.2Hz, 5.7Hz), 3.88 (1H, dd, J = 12.2Hz, 2.2Hz), 4.04 (2H, f, J = 6.1Hz), 4.85-5.0 (2H, m), 5.74 (1H, d, J = 7.8Hz), 6.75-6.9 (3H, m), 7.1-7.35 (4H, m) EXAMPLE 108 4-r2- (4-f (E) -3-M-U4- (BENZYLOXICARBONYL) PIPERAZIN-1-IL1-CARBONYL-1 - (METHYL) ETHYLARBAMOYL1PROP-1 -ENYL1FENID-ETINYL1-3-r2.3.4. 6-TETRA-0-PIVALOIL-ß-D-GLUCOPIRANOSILOXn- 1H-1NPAZOL 4- (2- { 4 - [(E) -3-Carboxyprop-1-enyl] phenyl} ethynyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-feira-O-pivaloyl-β was dissolved -D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (0.19 g), prepared in a similar manner to that described in Example 3 and in Example 21 using the corresponding starting materials, in N, N-dimethylformamide (3 mL). To the solution was added 1- (2-amino-2-meityylpropionyl) -4- (benzyloxycarbonyl) p -perazine (WO2004 / 014932A1, 0.16 g), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (93 mg), hydrochloride of 1-eyl-3 - (3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (0.13 g) and triethylamine (0.16 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether, and the resulting mixture was washed with water, a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogenated carbonate, water and brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/1 -dichloromean / methanol = 40/1) to give the base compound (0.12 g). NMR with 1H (CDCl 3) d ppm: 1.01 (9H, s), 1.15 (9H, s), 1.16 (9H, s), 1.17 (9H, s), 1.57 (6H, s), 3.15-3.2 (2H, m), 3.45-3.75 (8H, m), 3.95-4.05 (1H, m), 4.13 (1H, dd, J = 12.4Hz, 5.6Hz), 4.24 ( 1H, dd, J = 12.4Hz, 1.8Hz), 5.15 (2H, s), 5.2-5.3 (1H, m), 5.35-5.5 (2H, m), 6.05 (1H, d, J = 8.0Hz), 6.3-6.4 (1H, m), 6.5-6.65 (2H, m), 7.2-7.45 (10H, m), 7.6-7.65 (2H, m), 9.04 (1H, s) EXAMPLE 109 3- (β-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLLOXY) -4-y2-r4- (3-f1-f (PIPERAZIN-1-IL) -CARBONYL1-1- (METHYL) ETHYLARBAMOIL> PROPYL) PHENYL1ETHYL -1H- INDAZOLE To a solution of 4- [2- (4- { (E) -3- [1- { [4- (benzyloxycarbonyl) piperazin-1-yl] carbon i. 1 - (meth i) et i I carbamoyl] prop-1-en yl]. Phenyl) ethynyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) - 1H-indazole (34 mg) in meianol (3 mL) was added 10% palladium-carbon powder (10 mg), and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere for 2 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the solvenity of the filtrate was removed under reduced pressure to give 4-. { 2- [4- (3- { 1 - [(piperazin-1-yl) -carbonyl] -1- (methyl) ethylcarbamoyl}. Propyl) phenyl] ethyl} -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (30 mg). This material was dissolved in methanol (3 mL). Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (6 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Acetic acid (0.1 mL), and the resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluent: methanol) to give the base compound (17 mg). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.43 (6H, s), 1.8-1.95 (2H, m), 2.19 (2H, t, J = 7.8Hz), 2.61 (2H, t, J = 7.5Hz), 2.65-2.8 (4H, m), 2.85-3.05 (2H, m), 3.1-3.2 (1H, m), 3.25-3.75 (10H, m), 3.88 (1H , dd, J = 12.1Hz, 1.8Hz), 5.65 (1H, d, J = 8.0Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J = 6.9Hz), 7.05-7.3 (6H, m) EXAMPLE 110 1 -CARBAMOYLEMETIL-3- (B-D-GLUCOP! RANOS! LOXI) -4-f2-r4-f3-. { 1 - f (PIPERAZl N-1-IDCARBONILM - (METHYL) ETI LC ARBAMOIL.} - PROPIDPHENYL1ETIL1-1H-1NDAZOL To a solution of 4- [2- (4- { (E) -3- [1- { [4- (benzyloxycarbonyl) piperazin-1-yl] carbonyl.} -1- (methyl) ) eylcarbamoll] prop-1-enyl} phenyl) ethynyl] -3- (2,3,4,6-yl-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (73 mg) in aceine ( 4 mL) was added 2-bromoacetoamide (18 mg), cesium carbonate (54 mg) and a calditic amount of sodium iodide, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether., and the resulting mixture was washed with water twice and with brine, and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: dichloromean / meianol = 40/1 - 30/1) to give 4- [2- (4-. {( E) -3- [1- { [4- (benzyl-oxy-carbon-yl) -piperazin-1-yl] -carbonyl] -I- (1-methyl-1-carbamoyl-pro-1-enyl) .}. phenyl) ethynyl] -1-carbamoylmethyl-3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (54 mg). The base compound (10 mg) was prepared in a manner similar to that described in Example 109 using this material as starting material. NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 1.43 (6H, s), 1.8-1.95 (2H, m), 2.19 (2H, t, J = 7.7Hz), 2.5-2.85 (6H, m), 2.85-3.05 ( 2H, m), 3.1-3.25 (1H, m), 3.25-3.75 (10H, m), 3.87 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 2.0Hz), 4.8-4.95 (2H, m), 5.75 (1H , d, J = 7.9Hz), 6.85 (1H, d, J = 6.8Hz), 7.05-7.35 (6H, m) EXAMPLE 111 4-BENZYL-1- (2-HIDROX »ETHYL) -3- (ß-D-GLUCOPYRANOSYLIOXY) - 1 - INDAZOLE To a suspension of 1- (2-benzyloxyethyl) -4-bromo-3- (2,3,4,6-yl-O-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (0.17 g) and iris ( pyridylphosphine) palladium (0) (12 mg) in fetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added benzylzinc bromide (0.5 mol / L solution in feirahydrofuran, 0.8 mL), and the mixture was agglomerated at 60 ° C under an aminosphere of argon duranfe the night. The reaction mixture was poured into 0.5 mol / L hydrochloric acid, and the resultant mixture was extracted with diethyl ether. The extract was washed with water and brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluyenie: n-hexane / ethyl acetate = 5/1 - 5/2) to give 4-benzyl-1- (2 -benzyloxyethyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-tetra-0-pivaloyl-β-D-glucopyranosyloxy) -1H-indazole (40 mg). This material was dissolved in ethyl acetate (3 mL). 10% palladium-carbon powder (20 mg) was added to the solution, and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature under a nihologen atmosphere for 2 hours. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the solvent was removed from the filtrate under reduced pressure to give 4-benzyl-1- (2-hydroxyethyl) -3- (2,3,4,6-yyra-0-pivaloyl-β -D-glucopyranosyloxy! -1 H-indazole (32 mg). This material was dissolved in methanol (0.5 mL) - teirahydrofuran (0.5 mL). The solution was added to the monohydric solution of potassium hydroxide (9 mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by solid phase extraction in ODS (washing solvent: distilled water, eluyenie: meianol) to give the base compound (15 mg). NMR with 1H (CD3OD) d ppm: 3.35-3.6 (4H, m), 3.67 (1H, dd, J = 12.0Hz, 5.4Hz), 3.8-3.95 (3H, m), 4.29 (2H, í, J = 5.6Hz), 4.35 (1H, d, J = 15.0Hz), 4.46 (1H, d, J = 15.0Hz), 5.62 (1H, d, J = 7.6Hz), 6.7-6.8 (1H, m), 7.05 -7.35 (7H, m) The compounds described in Table 15 can be prepared in a manner similar to that described in the above examples and reference examples.

TABLE 15 EXAMPLE OF TEST 1 TEST TO DETERMINE THE INHIBITOR EFFECTS IN THE ACTIVITY OF HUMAN SGLT1 1) CLONING AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE VECTOR EXPRESSING HUMAN SGLT1 The cDNA library was prepared for PCR amplification by reverse transcription from total RNA from human slender infestino (Ori gene) using oligo-dT as a sensitizer. Using this library as a template, the DNA fragment encoding the base pairs 1 through 2005 of human SGLT1 (acquisition no.: M24847), which was reported by Hediger and co-investigators, was amplified by the PCR method. inserted in the multiple cloning site of pcDNA3.1 (-) (Inviírogen). The sequence of DNA that was not included was perfectly coincident with the sequence previously reported. 2) ESTABLISHING A CELLULAR LINE THAT EXPRESSES HUMAN SGLT1 STABLE The expression vector of human SGLT1 was digested by Seal in a linear DNA. The linear DNA was transfected into CHO-K1 cells by means of lipofection (Reagent for transfection Effectene, Qiagen). The neomycin-resistant cell lines were selected by culture in medium containing G418 (1 mg / mL, Life Technologies), and then the anti-uptake activity of methyl-α-D-glucopyranoside was measured, by the method described further below. The cell line, which showed the highest absorption activity, was selected and designated as CS1-5-11D. The CS1.5.11D cells were cultured in the presence of G418 at 200 μg / mL. 3) MEASUREMENT OF THE INHIBITORY ACTIVITY AGAINST THE ABSORPTION OF METHYL-a-D-GLUCOPYRANOSIDE (a-MG) CS1-5-11D cells were placed in a 96-well culture dish at a density of 3 x 10 4 cells / well and cultured for 2 days, and used in the absorption assay. A mixture of unlabeled a-MG (Sigma) and 14C-labeled (Amersham Pharmacia Bioíech) was added to the absorption buffer (pH 7.4; with condensate of 140 mM of sodium chloride, 2 mM of potassium chloride, 1 mM of calcium chloride, 1 mM of magnesium chloride, 10 mM of 2- [4- (2-hydroxyethyl) -1-piperazinyl] ethansulfon and 5 mm of iris (hydroxymethyl) aminoefano, in the final concentration of 1 mM. A test compound was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide, and then appropriately diluted with distilled water. The solution of the test compound was added to the absorption buffer containing 1 mM a-MG, and it was called the measurement regulator. For the conírol group, the measurement regulator was prepared without any test compound. To measure basal absorption, a basal absorption measuring regulator containing 140 mM chlorine chloride was prepared in place of sodium chloride. After removing the media from CS1-5-11D cells, 180 μL of the regulator for pre-irradiation (the basal absorption buffer without a-MG) was added to each receptacle, and incubated at 37 ° C. 10 minutes. After repeating the same fratamienio, the regulator of pre-raining was eliminated. To each receptacle was added 75 μL of the measuring regulator or the basal absorption regulator was added and incubated at 37 ° C for 1 hour. After removing the measuring regulator, the cells were washed twice with 180 μL per lavage regulator receptacle (the basal absorption buffer contained 10 M unlabelled a-MG). The cells were solubilized in 75 μL per 0.2 mol / L receptacle of sodium hydroxide. The cell lysates were transferred to PicoPlates (Packard) and then 150 μL of MicroScint-40 (Packard) was added and mixed. The radioactivity was measured by means of the TopCount microdisc counter (Packard). The difference was established at 100% between the absorption in the control group and the basal absorption, and the absorption of metil-a-D-glucopyranoside in each drug concentration was calculated. The drug concentration, in which 50% uptake of meyil-a-D-glucopyranoside was inhibited (IC50 value), was calculated using a logit plot. The results are shown in Table 16.

TABLE 16 EXAMPLE OF TEST 2 TEST TO DETERMINE THE INHIBITOR EFFECTS OF ACTIVEL PEL SGLT2 HUMAN 1) CLONING AND CONSTRUCTION PEL VECTOR EXPRESSING HUMAN SGLT2 The cDNA library was prepared for PCR amplification by reverse transcription from total RNA from human kidney (Ori gene) using oligo-dT as a sensitizer. Using this cDNA library as a template, the DNA fragment encoding base pairs 2 through 2039 of human SGLT2 (acquisition No.: M95549, Mg5299), which was reported by RG Wells and co-investigators, was amplified by means of the PCR method and in the multiple cloning site of pcDNA3.1 (-) (Invitrogen). The inserted DNA sequence was perfectly coincident with the sequence previously reported. 2) ESTABLISHING A CELLULAR LINE THAT EXPRESSES HUMAN SGLT2 STABLE The expression vector of human SGLT2 was digested by Sea I in a linear DNA. The linear DNA was transfected into CHO-K1 cells by means of lipofection (Reagent for transfection Effectene, Qiagen). The neomycin-resistant cell lines were selected by culture in the medium containing G418 (1 mg / mL, Life Technologies), and then the anti-uptake activity of methy1-D-glucopyranoside was measured, by the method described below. The cell line, which showed the highest absorption activity, was selected and designated as CS2-5E. The CS2-5E cells were cultured in the presence of G418 at 200 μg / mL. 3) MEASUREMENT OF THE INHIBITORY ACTIVITY AGAINST THE ABSORPTION OF METHYL-a-D-GLUCOPYRANOSIDE (a-MG) CS1-5-11D cells were placed in a 6-well culture dish at a density of 3 x 10 4 cells / receptacle and cultured for 2 days, and used in the absorption assay. A mixture of unlabeled a-MG (Sigma) and labeled with 1 C (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) was added to the absorption buffer (pH 7.4, with confection of 140 mM sodium chloride, 2 mM potassium chloride, 1 mM of calcium chloride, 1 mM magnesium chloride, 10 mM of 2- [4- (2-hydroxyethyl) -1-piperazinyl] ethane sulphonic acid and 5 mm of tris (hydroxymethyl) aminoelanum, in the final concentration of 1 mM. A test compound was dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide, and then properly diluted with paraffined water.The solution of the test compound was added to the absorption buffer containing 1 mM of α-MG, and it was called a measuring regulator. In order to measure the basal absorption, a basal absorption measuring regulator was prepared which contained 140 mM chlorine chloride instead of sodium chloride. culfivo medium of CS1-5-1 cells 1D, 180 μL of the regulator for pretraining (the basal absorption buffer without a-MG) was added to each receptacle, and incubated at 37 ° C for 10 minutes.

After repeating the same traffic, the pre-fading regulator was eliminated. To each receptacle 75 μL of the measuring regulator was added or the basal absorption regulator was added and incubated at 37 ° C for 1 hour. After removing the measurement regulator, the cells were washed twice with 180 μL per wash buffer receptacle (the basal absorption buffer contained 10 mM non-labeled a-MG). The cells were solubilized in 75 μL per receptacle of 0.2 mol / L sodium hydroxide. The cell lysates were transferred to PicoPlaies (Packard) and then 150 μL of MicroSciní-40 (Packard) was added and mixed. The radioactivity was measured by means of the TopCount microdesyloser conifer (Packard). The difference was established in 100% between the absorption in the control group and the basal absorption, and the absorption of methyl-a-D-glucopyranoside in each drug concentration was calculated. The drug concentration, in which 50% absorption of methyl-α-D-glucopyranoside was inhibited (IC50 value), was calculated using a logit plot. The results are shown in Table 17.

TABLE 17 EXAMPLE OF TEST 3 TEST TO DETERMINE THE INHIBITOR EFFECTS ON THE INCREASE OF THE GLUCOSE LEVEL IN BLOOD IN RATS 1) PREPARATION OF THE DIABETIC RAT MODEL Nicoiinamide (230 mg / kg) was injected intravenously into male Wisíar rats (Charles River, Japan), 8 weeks old. Fifteen minutes after the injection, they were injected intravenously with spermatozoacin (85 mg / kg) into the tail vein under anesthesia with ether. After one week, the raias were fasted overnight and then the glucose tolerance test (2 g / kg) was performed. Rats that showed a plasma glucose concentration 1 hour after the glucose load was more than 260 mg / dL were selected using the liquid food tolerance test. 2) PROOF OF TOLERANCE TO THE LIQUID FOOD After fasting during the night, a test compound was administered orally to the diabetic rats (0.5, 2 mg / kg), which was dissolved in desilyated water, in the group of irradiation with the drug, or distilled water alone. a control group. Immediately after administration of the compound, 4.5 kcal / body of liquid food (No. 038, control diet stocked with dextrin and malnose, Orieníal Yeast Co., Ltd.) was orally loaded. Blood was collected from the tail artery immediately before and after administration with the passage of time, and was brought with heparin immediately. The blood was centrifuged, and the plasma was collected to quantify the concentration of glucose in plasma by the glucose oxidase method. Concentrations of plasma glucose at the beginning (0 h), 0.5 and 1 h after drug administration are shown in Table 18. The values in the fabla are presented as the mean ± standard error.

TABLE -1-ß- INPUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The fused ring nifrogen derivatives represented by the above general formula (I) of the present invention, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and their prodrugs, exert an inhibitory activity on human SGLTs and can suppress the increase in glucose level in the blood or decrease the level of glucose in the blood by inhibiting the absorption of carbohydrates, such as glucose, in the small intestine, or by inhibiting the reabsorption of glucose in the kidney. Therefore, the present invention can provide excellent agents for the prevention or for the eradication of a disease associated with hyperglycemia, such as diabetes, postprandial hyperglycemia, impaired glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, obesity, or the like.

Claims

1. A nitrogen derivative with fused ring represented by the following general formula (I): wherein R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a group dihydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 atoms) carbon), a carboxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, -JN (R5) -Z1, -J-CON (R5) -Z1, or any of the following substituents (a) through (d), which may have from 1 to 3 subsitutes selected from the following substituent group a in the ring; (a) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, (b) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (c) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms carbon or (d) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), R 2 represented a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R3 and R4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkynyl group of 2 to 6 asbestos carbon, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenylthio group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group ( alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a halo group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a halo group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) ), a hydroxy group (alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group, a group carboxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group (alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) arbono), a carboxyl group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkenyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms carbon (C 1 -C 6 alkylthio), an alkylsulfinyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, -UVWN (R 6) -Z 2, or any of the following substituents (i) ) to (xxvii), which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group a on the ring; (i) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, (i) aryl of 6 to 10 carbon atoms -O-, (iii) aryl of 6 to 10 carbon atoms-S-, (iv) a group aryl of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (v) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (vi) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (vii) a heeroaryl group, (viii) heeroaryl-O-, (ix) heteroaryl-S, (x) a heteroaryl group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xi) a heferoaryl group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xii) a heeroaryl group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xiii) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, (xiv) cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms-O-, (xv) cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms-S-, (xvi) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl) 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xvii) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) , (xviii) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)(xix) a heyerocycloalkyl group, (xx) heterocycloalkyl-O-, (xxi) heterocycloalkyl-S-, (xxii) a heterocycloalkyl group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xxiii) a heterocycloalkyl (alkoxy) group 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xxiv) a heterocycloalkyl group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xxv) an aromatic cyclic amino group, (xxvi) an amino group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) aromatic cyclic or (xxvii) an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 aromatic cyclic carbon atoms or (xxviii) an amino group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) aromatic cyclic, J represented an alkylene group of 1 to 6 atoms carbon that can be a hydroxy group, or an alkenylene group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms; U represents -O-, -S- or a single bond and with the proviso that at least one of V and W is not a single bond when U is -O- or -S-; V represents an alkylene group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which may have a hydroxy group, an alkenylene group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a single bond; W represents -CO-, -SO2-, -C (= NH) - or a single bond; Z1 and Z2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms), a formyl group, -RA, - CORB, -SO2RB, - CON (Rc) RD, -CSN (RC) RD, -SO2NHRA or -C (= NRE) N (RF) RG; R5, R6, RA, Rc and RD independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following susíituyenfeß group or any of the following substituents (xxix) to (xxxii) which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following group subsf. (xxix) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, (xxx) a heeroaryl group, (xxxi) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms or (xxxii) a heterocycloalkyl group or both of Z1 and R5 or both of Z2 and R6 are joined together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group a; or Rc and RD are joined together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group a; RB represented an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an arylsulfonylamino group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which may have any from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the following β substituent group; or any of the following susíituyenfes (xxxiii) to (xxxvi), which may have any of 1 to 3 susíituyeníes selected from the following substitute group; (xxxiii) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, (xxxiv) a heeroaryl group, (xxxv) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms or (xxxvi) a heyerocycloalkyl group, RE, RF and RG independently represented a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, an acyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an akoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7) carbon atoms), a minor group, an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamimidoyl group or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be any of 1 to 5 selected subsitutes selected from the group consisting of next group subsitute ß; or RE and RF join together to form an ethylene group; or RF and RG are joined together with a neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have a substituent selected from the following substituent group a; Y represents CH or N; Q represented -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-, -alkenylene of 2 to 6 carbon atoms-, -alkynylene of 2 to 6 carbon atoms-, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms -O-, -alkylene from 1 to 6 carbon atoms-S-, -O-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-, -S-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms -O-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-S-alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-, -CON (R7) -, -N (R7) CO-, -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms-CON (R7) - or -CON (R7) -alkylene of 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R7 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms; ring A represents an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms or a heeroaryl group; G represented a group represented by the formula: or by the formula: E1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a hydroxy group; E2 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a hydroxymethyl group; [group substituting] a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkyl of 1 to 6 atoms) carbon), a halo group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) carbon), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a mono- or di- - (C 1-6 alkyl) amino, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] amino group, an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, a sulfamoyl group and -CON (RH) R '[Substituent Group ] a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a halo group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) amino group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl) group from 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] amino, a ureido group, a sulfamide group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) ureido group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] ureido, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) sulfamide group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] - sulfamide, an acylamino group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, a group am ino (acylamino of 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a carbamoyl group (alkylsulfonylamino of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a group carboxy, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, - CON (RH) R \ and any of the following substituents (xxxvii) to (xxxviii), which may be any of 1 to 3 subscribers selected from the previous subsitute group in the ring; (xxxvii) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, (xxxviii) aryl of 6 to 10 carbon atoms-O-, (xxxix) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) carbon), (xxxx) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), (xxxxi) a heeroaryl group, (xxxxii) heeroaryl-O-, (xxxxiii) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, (xxxxiv) cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms-O-, (xxxxv) a heyerocycloalkyl group, (xxxxvi) heterocycloalkyl-O-, (xxxxvii) an aliphatic cyclic amino group or (xxxxviii) a group aromatic cyclic amino. RH and R1 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group;; or both of RH and R1 are joined together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have from 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group d; [Subsidiary Group?] A halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) amino group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy group ( alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] amino, a ureido group, a sulfamide group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) ureido group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] ureido group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) sulfamide group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] - sulfamide group, an acylamino group of 2 to 7 atoms of carbon, an amino group (acylamino of 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a carbamoyl group (alkylsulfonylamino of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) carbon), a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, and -CON (RJ) R? [Substituting group] a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkyl of 1 to 6 atoms) carbon), a halo (C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy) group, a hydroxy (C 1-6) alkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), carbon), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a mono- or di- (C 1-6 alkyl) amino, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] amino group, an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, a sulfamoyl group and -CON (RJ) R? RJ and R? independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be any of 1 to 3 subsitutes selected from a hydroxy group, an amino group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 atoms carbon) amino, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms and a carbamoyl group; or both of RJ and R? they bind together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have from 1 to 3 substituents selected from a hydroxy group, an amino group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) group amino), an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms ( alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) and a carbamoyl group, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof;

2. A nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in claim 1, characterized in that Q represents an ethylene group, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof;

3. A nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in claim 1, characterized in that Q represents a methylene group, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof;

4. A nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that G represents a group represented by the formula: or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof;

5. A nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the ring A represents a group derived from a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring or a pyridazine ring, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof;

6. A nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in claim 5, characterized in that ring A represents a benzene ring, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof;

7. A nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in claim 5, characterized in that the ring A represents a pyridine ring, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof;

8. A nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in claim 5, characterized in that R3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R4 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms, or -Ua-Va-Wa-N (R6a) -Z2a-; Ua represents -O- or a simple link and with the proviso that at least one of Va and Wa does not represent a simple link when Ua represented -O-; It represented an alkylene group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenylene group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a single bond; Wa represented -CO- or a simple link; Z2a represents a hydrogen atom, -RAa, -CON (Rc) RD, or -C (= NRE) N (RF) RG; R6a and RAa independently represent a hydrogen atom, or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 5 groups selected from the group susíiuuyenie β; Rc and RD represented independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 5 groups selected from the following substituent group, or any of the following substituents (xxix) to (xxxii) which may have from 1 to 3 selected substitutes of the following susiitutional group; (xxix) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, (xxx) a heeroaryl group, (xxxi) a cycloalkyl group of 3 to 7 carbon atoms or (xxxii) a heterocycloalkyl group or Rc and RD together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group a; RE, RF and RG independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, an acyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an aryl group of 6 to 10 atoms of carbon (alkoxycarbonyl of 2 to 7 carbon atoms), a nitro group, an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a sulfamoyl group, a carbamimidoyl group or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 5 selected substitutes of the following group susííuyeníe ß; or RE and RF are joined together to form an ethylene group; or RF and RG are joined together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have a substitute selected from the following substituent group; [substituent group a] a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkyl of 1 to 6 atoms) carbon), a halo (C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy) group, a hydroxy (C 1-6) alkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (C 1-6 alkyl), carbon), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a mono- or di- - (C 1-6 alkyl) amino, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (C 1-6 alkyl)] amino group, an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (aikil of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, a sulfamoyl group and -CON (RH) R 'r Substituent Group 81 a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a group halo (alkylthio having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6) carbon atoms), an amino group (alkylthio of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) amino group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] amino, a ureido group, a sulfamide group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) ureido group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] ureido, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) sulfamide group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] - sulfamide group , an acylamino group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an amino group (acylamino) 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, carbamoyl group (alkylsulfonylamino of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, - CON (RH) R ', and any of the following substituents (xxxvii) to (XXXVIII), which may have any 1 to 3 sustiíuyentes selected from the group sustiíuyente to aníerior in ring; (Xxxvii) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon áíomos, (xxxviii) aryl of 6 to 10 carbon áíomos-O-, (xxxix) an aryl group of 6 to 10 carbon áíomos (alkoxy from 1 to 6 áíomos of carbon), (xxxx) a heteroaryl-O- aryl from 6 to 10 carbon atoms (alkylthio having 1 to 6 carbon áíomos), (xxxxi) A heíeroarilo group, (xxxxii), (XXXXIII) a cycloalkyl group of 3 7 áíomos carbon (XXXXIV) cycloalkyl of 3 to 7 carbon atoms-O-, (XXXXV) a heterocycloalkyl group, (XXXXVI) heíerocicloalquil-O-, (XXXXVII) an aliphatic cyclic amino group or (XXXXVIII) a group aromatic cyclic amino. RH and R1 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 3 substitutes selected from the following substituent group;; or both of RH and R1 are joined together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have from 1 to 3 substituents selected from the following substituent group d; [Substituent group?] A halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1) to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) amino group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy group ( alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] amino, a ureido group, a sulfamide group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) ureido group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] ureido, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) sulfamide group, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] - sulfamide group, an acylamino group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an amino group (acyllamino of 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a carbamoyl group (alkylsulfonylamino of 1 to 6 atoms) carbon), a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, and -CON (R) R? [Substituting Group d] a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halo group (alkyl of 1 to 6 atoms) carbon), a halo (C 1-6 alkoxy) group, a hydroxy (C 1-6) alkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), carbon), a hydroxy group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an amino group (alkoxy of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a mono- or di- (C 1-6 alkyl) amino, a mono- or di- [hydroxy (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms)] amino group, an alkylsulfonyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkylsulfonylamino group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carboxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an sulfamoyl group and -CON (R) R? RJ and R? independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may have any of 1 to 3 substituents selected from a hydroxy group, an amino group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 atoms carbon) amino, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms and a carbamoyl group; or both of R and R? they bind together with the neighboring nitrogen atom to form an aliphatic cyclic amino group which may have 1 to 3 substituents selected from a hydroxy group, an amino group, a mono- or di- (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) group amino), an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group (alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group of 2 to 7 carbon atoms ( alkyl of 1 to 6 carbon atoms) and a carbamoyl group, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof;

9. A nitrogen derivative with a fused ring as described in claim 5 or claim 8, characterized in that R1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group (alkyl of 1), to 6 carbon atoms), or -Ja-CONH2; Ja represented an alkylene group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms; R 2 represented an atom of hydrogen, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof;

10. A pharmaceutical composition containing as an active ingredient a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of claims 1 to 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof;

11. An SGLT inhibitor containing as an active ingredient a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any one of claims 1 to 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof;

12. A human SGLT inhibitor as described in claim 11, characterized in that the SGLT is SGLT1 and / or SGLT2;

13. A human SGLT inhibitor as described in claim 11, which is an agent for the inhibition of postiprandial hyperglycemia;

14. A human SGLT inhibitor as described in claim 11, which is an agent for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia;

15. A human SGLT inhibitor as described in claim 14, characterized in that the disease associated with hyperglycemia is a disease selected from the group consisting of diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, obesity, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia , hipercolesíerolemia, hiperírigliceridemia, lipid mebolismo frastorno, aferosclerosis, hypertension, congestive heart failure, edema, hyperuricemia and gout;

16. A human SGLT inhibitor as described in claim 11, which is an agent for advancing the inhibition of glucose tolerance impairment in the diabei in a subject;

17. A pharmaceutical composition as described in claim 10, characterized in that the dosage form is a sustained release formulation;

18. A human SGLT inhibitor as described in claim 11, characterized in that the dosage form is a sustained release formulation;

19. A method for the inhibition of postprandial hyperglycemia, which comprises administering an effective amount of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring, as described in any of claims 1 to 9, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug of it;

20. A method for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia, which comprises administering an effective amount of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of claims 1 to 9 above, or a salt thereof. acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof;

21. A method for the prevention or treatment described in claim 20, characterized in that the disease associated with hyperglycemia is a disease selected from the group consisting of diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, obesity, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, hypertriglyceridemia, lipid metabolism disorder, atherosclerosis, hypertension, congestive heart failure, edema, hyperuricemia and goia;

22. A method for inhibiting the progress in impaired glucose tolerance in diabetes in a subject, which comprises administering an effective amount of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring such as that described in any of claims 1 to 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof;

23. Use of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any one of claims 1 to 9, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for inhibition of postprandial hyperglycemia;

24. Use of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of claims 1 to 9, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia;

25. A use as described in claim 24, characterized in that the disease associated with hyperglycemia is a disease selected from the group consisting of diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, obesity, hyperinsulinemia, hyperlipidemia, hypercholesterolemia , hypeririglyceridemia, lipid metabolism disorder, atherosclerosis, hypertension, congestive heart failure, edema, hyperuricemia and gout;

26. Use of a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any one of claims 1 to 9, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for inhibition of the advance of the glucose tolerance deficiency in diabetes in a subject;

27. A pharmaceutical composition as described in claim 10, comprising combination with at least one member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor, a biguanide, a secretion enhancer of insulin, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analog, a glucagon receptor antagonist, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripeptidyl peptidase II inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein inhibitor tyrosine phosphatase 1B, an inhibitor of glycogen phosphorylase, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, peptide 1 similar to glucagon, a glucagon-like peptide 1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide 1 agonist, amylin, a amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an advanced glycation by-product inhibitor, a protein kinase C inhibitor, an α-aminobuiric acid receptor acid anhydride, a sodium channel antagonist, an transcription factor inhibitor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-linked dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, a growth factor analog derived platelet, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methylandantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, anidiary, cayartic, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglulariline, a fibrate, a β3-adrenoreceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, a proiein inhibitor of microsomal triglyceride transfer, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmitoyl-transferase inhibitor, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a nicotinic acid derivative, a sequestrant of bile acid, a sodium cotransporfator inhibitor / bile acid, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, a neutral endopepidase inhibitor, an antagonist of angiolensin II receptor, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an endothelin receptor antagonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, a vasodilator antihypertensive agent, a sympathetic blocking agent, a centrally acting antihypertensive agent, an adrenoreceptor agonist a2l an antiplatelet agent, an inhibitor of uric acid synthesis, an age uricosuric acid, and a urinary alkalizer;

28. A human SGLT inhibitor such as that described in claim 11, which comprises the combination with at least one member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analogue, a glucagon receptor antagonist, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripeptidyl peptidase II inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV , a protein inhibitor tyrosine phosphatase 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinosite, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide 1, a glucagon-like peptide 1 analogue, an agonist of glucagon-like peptide 1, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an advanced glycation by-product inhibitor, a protein kinase C inhibitor, an α-acid receptor antagonist aminobufyric, a sodium channel angiogonist, a transcription factor inhibitor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-linked dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, derived growth factor of platelet, a platelet-derived growth factor analogue, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimocl omol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, a coenzyme reductase inhibitor A hydroxymethylglutaryl, a fibrate, a β3 adrenoceptor agonist, an acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase inhibitor, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmitoyltransferase inhibitor, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, an inhibitor of nicotinic acid derivative, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium cotransporter inhibitor / bile acid, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, a Angiolensin receptor II angiogonist, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an angiolensin endothelin receptor agonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium anlagonist, a vasodilator antihypertensive agent, a sympathetic blocking agent, a centrally acting antihyperlensive agent, an a2 adrenoreceptor agonist, a antiplatelet agent, a uric acid synthesis inhibitor, an uricosuric agent, and a urinary aanalyzer;

29. A method for the inhibition of postprandial hyperglycemia as described in claim 19, which comprises administration in combination with at least one member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor. , a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analog, a glucagon receptor antagonist, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripidyl pase II inhibitor, a dipyl inhibitor peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitor 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a inhibitor of glycogen synthase kinase 3, glucagon-like peptide 1, a glucagon-like peptide 1 analog, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agony, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an advanced glycation by-product inhibitor, a protein kinase C inhibitor, an anonymysia of the acid receptor? -aminobutyric, a sodium channel antagonist, a transcription factor inhibitor NF-βB, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-linked dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, growth factor platelet derivative, a platelet-derived growth factor analogue, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, catáríicos, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglylaryl, a fiber, an agonisia of adrenoreceptor ß3, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a hormone receptor agonist thyroid ona, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, an inhibitor of carnitine palmitoyl-transferase, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a lipoproiein receptor enhancer, low density, a nicotinic acid derivative, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium cotransporizer inhibitor / bile acid, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an inhibitor of neutral endopeptidase, an angiotensin receptor II antagonist, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an antagonist of the endofelin receptor, a diuretic agent, a calcium anhydrogenase, a vasodilatory anihypertensive agent, a sympathetic blocking agent, an antihypertensive agent of action central, an a2 adrenoceptor agonist, an agent íiplatelets, an inhibitor of uric acid synthesis, a uricosuric agenle, and a urinary alkalizer;

30. A method for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia as described in claim 20, which comprises administering in combination with at least one member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose absorption inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analogue, a glucagon receptor antagonist, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, an inhibitor of tripeptidyl peptidase II , an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitor 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide 1, a peptide analogue 1 if similar to glucagon, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an advanced glycation by-product inhibitor, a protein kinase C inhibitor, a receptor antagonist of α-aminobutyric acid, a sodium channel antagonist, a transcription factor inhibitor NF-βB, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-bound dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, factor of platelet-derived growth, a platelet-derived growth factor analogue, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglylaryl, a fibrate, a β 3 adrenoceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a hormone receptor agonist thyroid, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, an inhibitor of carnitine palmitoyl-transferase, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a lipoprotein receptor enhancer, low density, a nicotinic acid derivative, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium co-transporter inhibitor / bile acid, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an apex suppressor, an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an inhibitor of neutral endopeptidase, an angiotensin receptor II anangonist, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an endothelin receptor antagonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium aniagonist, a vasodilator antihypertensive agent, a sympathetic blocking agent, an antihypertensive agent of action central, an a2 adrenoreceptor agonist, an agent Nitiplatelets, an inhibitor of uric acid synthesis, an uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalizer;

31. A method for inhibiting diabetes glucose tolerance deficiency in a subject, as described in claim 22, which comprises administering in combination with at least one member selected from the group consisting of insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose uptake inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analogue, a glucagon receptor anfagonist, a stimulator kinase receptor insulin, an inhibitor of ipepeptidyl pepfidase II, an inhibitor of dipepidyl peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B inhibitor, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate inhibitor dehydrogenase, an inhibitor of hepatic gluconeogenesis, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen inhibitor synase kinase 3, glucagon-like peptide 1, a glucagon-like peptide 1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide 1 agony, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonisia, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an advanced glycation byproduct inhibitor, a protein kinase inhibitor C, α-aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, sodium channel antagonism, transcription factor inhibitor NF-βB, lipid peroxidase inhibitor, N-acetylated acid dipeptidase inhibitor, factor I insulin-like growth factor, platelet-derived growth factor, a platelet-derived growth factor analog, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide , Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglylaryl, a fiber, an agonism of the adrenoreceptor ß3, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransfer asa, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, an inhibitor of carnitine palmitoyl-transferase, a squalene inhibitor synthase, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a nicotinic acid derivative, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium / bile acid cotransporizer inhibitor, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an apex suppressant, an inhibitor Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, an antagonist of angiotensin II receptor, an inhibitor of endothelin-converting enzyme, an endothelin receptor antagonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive vasodilator agent, a schedule sympathetic blocker, a centrally acting antihypertensive agent, an onisia of adrenoreceptor a2, an antiplatelet agent, an inhibitor of uric acid synthesis, an uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalizer;

32. Use of (A) a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of claims 1 to 9, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof, and (B) at least a member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose uptake inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analog, a receptor antagonist of glucagon, a stimulant kinase of the insulin receptor, an inhibitor of tri peptidyl peptidase II, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitor 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, a fructose-bisphosphatase inhibitor, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, an inhibitor of glycogen synthase kinase 3, glucagon-like peptide-1, a glucagon-like peptide-1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an inhibitor of by-product formation, advanced glycation, a protein kinase C inhibitor, a? -aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, a sodium channel antagonist, an inhibitor of transcription factor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidase acid N-acetylated linkage, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, a platelet-derived growth factor analogue, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methydandan , EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglylaryl, a fibrate, a β 3 adrenoceptor agonist, an acyl-c inhibitor oenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmitoyl-transferase inhibitor, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a nicotinic acid derivative, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium / bile acid cotransporizer inhibitor, a cholesterol ester transfer protein inhibitor, an apex suppressor , an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, an angiotensin receptor II antagonism, an inhibitor of endoielin converting enzyme, an endothelin receptor antagonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive agent vasodilator, a sympathetic blocking agent, an anti-hyper-agent centrally acting surfactant, an a2 adrenoreceptor agonist, an antiplatelet agent, a uric acid synthesis inhibitor, an uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalizer, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the inhibition of postprandial hyperglycaemia;

33. Use of (A) a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of claims 1 to 9, or an acid salt acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof, and (B) at least a member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose uptake inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analog, a receptor antagonist of glucagon, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripeptidyl peptidase II inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitor 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, an inhibitor of fructose-bisphosphatase, an inhibitor of pyruvate dehydrogenase, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide 1, an an Glucagon-like peptide 1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide 1 agony, amylin, an amylin analogue, an amylin agony, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an advanced glycation by-product inhibitor, a protein kinase inhibitor C, a? -aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, a sodium channel antagonist, a transcription factor inhibitor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-bound dipeptidase inhibitor, factor I insulin-like growth factor, platelet-derived growth factor, a platelet-derived growth factor analog, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide , Y-128, antidiarrheals, cathartics, an inhibitor of coenzyme reductase A hydroxymethylglutaryl, a fibrate, a β 3 adrenoceptor agonist, an inhibitor of acyl-coenzyme A cholesterol acyltransferase, probcol, a thyroid hormone receptor agonist, a cholesterol absorption inhibitor, a lipase inhibitor, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmitoyl-transferase inhibitor, an inhibitor of squalene synthase, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a nicotinic acid derivative, a bile acid sequestrant, a sodium / bilious acid cofransporter inhibitor, a cholesterol ester transfer prolein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an enzyme inhibitor angiotensin-converting enzyme, a neutral endopeptidase inhibitor, an angiotensin receptor II antagonism, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an endothelin receptor antagonist, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive vasodilator, a blocking agent sympathetic, a centrally acting antihypertensive agent, an agonist d the adrenoreceptor a2, an antiplatelet agent, a uric acid synthesis inhibitor, an uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalizer, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the prevention or treatment of a disease associated with hyperglycemia;

34. Use of (A) a nitrogen derivative with fused ring as described in any of claims 1 to 9, or a salt thereof acceptable for pharmaceutical use, or a prodrug thereof, and (B) at least a member selected from the group consisting of an insulin sensitivity enhancer, a glucose uptake inhibitor, a biguanide, an insulin secretion enhancer, an SGLT2 inhibitor, an insulin or an insulin analog, a receptor antagonist of glucagon, an insulin receptor kinase stimulant, a tripeptidyl peptidase II inhibitor, an inhibitor of dipeptidyl peptidase IV, a protein tyrosine phosphatase inhibitor 1B, a glycogen phosphorylase inhibitor, a glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitor, an inhibitor of fructose-bisphosphatase, a pyruvate dehydrogenase inhibitor, a hepatic gluconeogenesis inhibitor, D-chiroinositol, a glycogen synthase kinase 3 inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide 1, a glucagon-like peptide 1 analogue, a glucagon-like peptide-1 agonist, amylin , an amylin analogue, an amylin agonist, an aldose reductase inhibitor, an inhibitor of advanced glycation by-product inhibition, a protein kinase C inhibitor, an α-aminobutyric acid receptor antagonist, a sodium channel antagonist , an inhibitor of transcription factor NF-? B, a lipid peroxidase inhibitor, an N-acetylated acid-bound dipeptidase inhibitor, insulin-like growth factor I, platelet-derived growth factor, a factor analogue platelet-derived growth, nerve growth factor, a carnitine derivative, uridine, 5-hydroxy-1-methyldantoin, EGB-761, bimoclomol, sulodexide, Y-128, antidiarrheal s, catáríicos, an inhibitor of coenzyme reducíaa To hidroximeíilglutarilo, a fibrato, an agonista of the adrenorecepfor ß3, an inhibitor of acil-coenzyme To cholesíerol acilíransferasa, probcol, an agonisía of the recepfor of hormone thyroid, a inhibitor of absorption of cholesterol, an inhibitor of lipase, a microsomal triglyceride transfer protein inhibitor, a lipoxygenase inhibitor, a carnitine palmitoyltransferase inhibitor, a squalene synthase inhibitor, a low density lipoprotein receptor enhancer, a nicotinic acid derivative, a sequestrant of biliary acid, a sodium cotransporitic acid / bile acid inhibitor, a cholesteryl cholesterol transfer prolein inhibitor, an appetite suppressant, an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, a neuIra endopeptidase inhibitor, an angiotensin II receptor angiogonist, an endothelin-converting enzyme inhibitor, an endothelin receptor antagonism lina, a diuretic agent, a calcium antagonist, an antihypertensive vasodilator agent, a sympathetic blocking agent, a centrally acting antihyperlensive agent, an a2 adrenoreceptor agonist, an antiplatelet agent, a uric acid synthesis inhibitor, an uricosuric agent, and a urinary alkalizer, for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for inhibiting the progression of the glucose tolerance deficiency in diabetes in a subject. SUMMARY The present invention provides nickel-containing fused-ring derivatives represented by the following general formula, or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or prodrugs thereof, which exhibit excellent inhibitory activity in human SGLTs and are useful as agents for the prevention or The disease is associated with hyperglycemia, such as diabetes, postprandial hyperglycemia, impaired glucose tolerance, diabetic complications, or obesity. In the formula, R 1 represents H, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an alkenyl group, efe; R 2 represents H, a halogen atom or an alkyl group; R3 and R4 represented H, OH, a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, etc .; Y represents CH or N; Q represents alkylene, alkenylene, efe; ring A represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; G represents a group represented by the following general formula (G-1) or (G-2) (in which E1 represents H, F or OH, and E2 represents H, F, a methyl group, eic.), And compositions pharmaceuticals that contain them, and pharmaceutical uses of them. (I)